Confidential
Service manual
TM-H6000/H6000P
(with MICR/EP)
Issued Date
,
,
Issued by
English
401097600
EPSON
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
BY USING THIS DOCUMENT, YOU AGREE TO ABIDE BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. PLEASE RETURN
THIS DOCUMENT IMMEDIATELY IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS.
❏
This document contains confidential, proprietary information of Seiko Epson Corporation or its affiliates. You
must keep such information confidential. If the user is a business entity or organization, you must limit disclosure
to those of your employees, agents and contractors who have a need to know and who are also bound by
obligations of confidentiality.
❏
On the earlier of (a) termination of your relationship with Seiko Epson, or (b) Seiko Epson’s request, you must
stop using the confidential information. You must then return or destroy the information, as directed by Seiko
Epson.
❏
If a court, arbitrator, government agency or the like orders you to disclose any confidential information, you must
immediately notify Seiko Epson. You agree to give Seiko Epson reasonable cooperation and assistance in the
negotiation.
❏
You may use confidential information only for the purpose of operating or servicing the products to which the
document relates, unless you obtain the prior written consent of Seiko Epson for some other use.
❏
Seiko Epson warrants that it has the right to disclose the confidential information. SEIKO EPSON MAKES NO
OTHER WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER
INFORMATION ON THE DOCUMENT, INCLUDING (WITHOUT LIMITATION) ANY WARRANTY OF TITLE
OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Seiko Epson has no liability for loss or damage arising from or relating to your use of
or reliance on the information on the document.
❏
You may not reproduce, store or transmit the confidential information in any form or by any means (electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise) without the prior written permission of Seiko Epson.
❏
Your obligations under this Agreement are in addition to any other legal obligations. Seiko Epson does not waive
any right under this Agreement by failing to exercise it. The laws of Japan apply to this Agreement.
❏
No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
Seiko Epson Corporation.
❏
The contents of this document are subject to change without notice. Please contact us for the latest information.
❏
While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, Seiko Epson Corporation assumes no
responsibility for errors or omissions.
❏
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained herein.
❏
Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties
for damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of: accident, misuse, or
abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to this product, or (excluding theU. S.)
failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation’s operating and maintenance instructions.
❏
Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be liable against any damages or problems arising from the use of any options
or any consumable products other than those designated as Original EPSON Products or EPSON Approved
Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.
Cautions
EPSON® and ESC/POS® are registered trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation
Rev. A
i
Confidential
CONTENTS
For Safe Repair and Maintenance Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Key to Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Safety Precautions on Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Safety Precaution on Maintenance/Repair/Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Note on Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Modular Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Aim of the Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Contents of the Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting
Before Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Diagnosing Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Symptoms and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Printer Mechanism Power on Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Opening and Closing the Platen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Detecting the Head Carriage Home Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Thermal Printer Paper Feed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
How to Use the Self-test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Print Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
MICR Reader Test (Only with Printers that Have a MICR Unit.) . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Troubleshooting Using the ERROR LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Test Points on the Printer Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Test Points on the Main Circuit Board Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Locations of the Main Elements on the Main Circuit Board Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Procedures for Replacing the Print Head Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Removing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Roll paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Slip paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Chapter 2 Assembly and Disassembly
Before Assembly and Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
About this Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Assembling the Mechanism Assembly (M-U675) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Pre-assembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Main Assembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Assembling the Thermal Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Pre-assembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Main Assembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Assembling the TM-H6000/H6000P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
Pre-assembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
Main Assembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92
Chapter 3 Adjusting and Setting
Before Adjusting and Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Phase Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Platen Gap Adjustment on Endorsement Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Adjusting the Platen Gap on Slip Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Setting Threshold Values for Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
ii
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix A Service Tools and Lubricants
Appendix B Maintenance
Maintenance and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal head Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICR Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning Sheet Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedures for Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-1
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-4
B-4
Appendix C Installation
Connecting to the Host PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting to a Direct Connection Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-3
Appendix D Product Overview
Component Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outline of Printer Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact Dot Matrix Printer Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Printer Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outline of Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection of Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Circuit Board Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Self Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outline of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slip Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E/P Endorsement Printer (Factory Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receipt Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICR Reader (Factory Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overall Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-1
D-2
D-2
D-27
D-48
D-48
D-49
D-50
D-51
D-84
D-84
D-86
D-86
D-88
D-90
D-91
D-91
D-92
D-94
D-96
D-99
D-100
D-101
Appendix E Parts List
Alphanumeric List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
Reference Number List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
Appendix F Exploded Diagrams
TM-H6000/H6000P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/with EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/with EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rev. A
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
iii
Confidential
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Frame Assembly (with MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6
Frame Assembly (with MICR/with EP） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
Frame Assembly (without MICR/with EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Frame Assembly (without MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9
Carriage Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10
PF Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11
Thermal Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
MICR UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Appendix G General Lubrication Points Diagrams
TM-H6000/H6000P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/with EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/with EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Frame Assembly (with MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Frame Assembly (with MICR/with EP） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
Frame Assembly (without MICR/with EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Frame Assembly (without MICR/without EP）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9
Carriage Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
PF Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11
Thermal Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12
MICR Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13
Appendix H Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams
Main Circuit Board Assembly (Outline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1
Main Circuit Board Assembly (1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-2
Main Circuit Board Assembly (2 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3
Main Circuit Board Assembly (3 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-4
Main Circuit Board Assembly (4 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-5
Main Circuit Board Assembly (Thermal Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-6
Main Circuit Board Assembly (MICR I/F Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-7
Main Circuit Board Assembly (EP Power Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-8
Memory Board (Soldered on the Main Circuit Board Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-9
RS-232 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S01) Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-10
Parallel I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-P02) Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-11
RS-485 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S02) Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-12
Appendix I Printer Handling
Using the Power Switch Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1
Opening the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-2
Installing or Replacing the Paper Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-2
Installing the Ribbon Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-4
Installing the Optional Endorsement Ribbon Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-7
Inserting Slip Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-9
Adjusting the Roll Paper Near End Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-9
Using the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-10
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-11
Control Panel Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-11
Appendix J Screw Types
Appendix K Parts Layout
Main Circuit Board Unit (Parts Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-1
iv
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Unit (Solder Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS-232 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-P02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS-485 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rev. A
K-2
K-3
K-3
K-3
v
Confidential
For Safe Repair and Maintenance Work
Key to Symbols
The symbols in this manual are identified by their level of importance, as defined below. Read
the following carefully before handling the product.
WARNING:
You must follow warnings carefully to avoid serious bodily injury.
CAUTION:
Observe cautions to avoid minor injury to your self, damage to your equipment, or loss
of data.
Note:
Notes have important information and useful tips on the operation of your equipment.
Safety Precautions on Handling
This section presents important information intended to ensure safe and effective use of this
product. Please read this section carefully and store it in an accessible location.
WARNING:
Shut down your equipment immediately if it produces smoke, a strange odor, or unusual
noise. Continued use may lead to fire or electric shock. Immediately unplug the
equipment.
Only disassemble this product as described in this manual. Do not make modified to the
unit. Tampering with this product may result in injury, fire, or electric shock.
Be sure to use the specified power source. Connection to an improper power source
may cause fire or shock.
Never insert or disconnect the power plug with wet hands. Doing so may result in severe
shock.
Do not allow foreign matter to fall into the equipment. Penetration of foreign objects
may lead to fire or shock.
If water or other liquid spills into this equipment, unplug the power cord immediately.
Continued usage may lead to fire or shock.
Do not place multiple loads on the power outlet (wall outlet). Overloading the outlet
may lead to fire.
vi
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Always supply power directly from a standard domestic power outlet.
Handle the power cord with care. Improper handling may lead to fire or shock.
Do not modify or attempt to repair the cord.
Do not place any object on top of the cord.
Avoid excessive bending, twisting, and pulling.
Do not place cord near heating equipment.
Check that the plug is clean before plugging it in.
Be sure to push the prongs all the way in.
CAUTION:
Do not connect cables in ways other than those mentioned in this manual.
Different connections may cause equipment damage and burning.
Be sure to set this equipment on a firm, stable, horizontal surface. Product may break or
cause injury if it falls.
Do not use in locations subject to high humidity or dust levels. Excessive humidity and
dust may cause equipment damage, fire, or shock.
Do not place heavy objects on top of this product. Never stand or lean on this product.
Equipment may fall or collapse, causing breakage and possible injury.
To ensure safety, please unplug this product prior to leaving it unused for an extended
period.
Do not touch the thermal head or paper feed motor. Wait for the head and the motor
to cool. The head and the motor can be very hot after printing for a long time. Touching
them may cause burns.
Safety Precaution on Maintenance/Repair/Inspection
WARNING:
Be sure to use the designated type of fuse for the circuit board. Use of a different type
may result in fire.
Remove the power cord and all other cables from this product before disassembly or
reassembly to prevent electrical shock.
To prevent the possibility of electrical shock, do not perform maintenance, repair, or
inspection during a thunder storm.
Rev. A
vii
Confidential
CAUTION:
Wear a grounded wrist band when handling the internal circuit board to prevent
damage from static electricity.
When removing the internal circuit board, place it on an anti-static rubber sheet or
similar surface to prevent damage from static electricity.
Parts on the circuit board may become hot during operation. Therefore, wait
approximately 10 minutes after turning the power off before touching them.
Be careful not to subject the circuit board to shock or vibration, because this may
damage it.
Do not touch the circuit board or cable terminals with your hands to prevent
contamination that may result in a malfunction.
Do not use an alcohol, benzine, thinner, trichloroethylene, or ketone based solvent to
clean the parts. This type of solvent may damage the plastic and rubber parts.
Wipe off any dirt with a dry or slightly moist cloth. Be sure to remove the power cord
from the outlet at this time.
Note on Disposal
Note:
Make sure to follow current laws or regulations when disposing the product.
Modular Connector
The following label is visible near the modular connector (drawer kick-out connector) on the
back of this product.
Use modular connector specifically designed for cash drawers for this product. Do not connect
this connector to an ordinary telephone line.
viii
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
About This Manual
Aim of the Manual
This manual was created to provide the information on printer maintenance and repair required
by technicians who handle this work.
Contents of the Manual
The configuration of the manual is as follows.
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting
Describes troubleshooting procedures (specific
problems and remedies)
Chapter 2 Assembly and Disassembly
Describes product disassembly and reassembly
procedures
Chapter 3 Adjusting and Setting
Describes product adjustment procedures
Appendix A Service Tools and
Lubricants
Describes tools required to perform
maintenance and repair
Appendix B Maintenance
Describes required procedures to perform
repair, maintenance, and inspection
Appendix C Installation
Describes installation and removal procedures
Appendix D Product Overview
Provides reference information for maintenance
and inspection
Appendix E Parts List
Contains a list of product parts
Appendix F Exploded Diagrams
Disassembly diagram for the product
Appendix G General Lubrication
Points Diagrams
Lubrication point diagrams for this product
Appendix H Circuit Board Unit Circuit
Diagrams
Circuit diagram for the product
Appendix I Printer Handling
Describes required handling procedures when
performing maintenance and repair
Appendix J Screw Types
Describes screw types
Appendix K Parts Layout
Describes parts layout
Rev. A
ix
Confidential
x
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Chapter 1
Troubleshooting
Before Servicing
Pages vi to viii at the beginning of this manual provides precautions you should observe to
perform work safely and the necessary information to service this product safely. Always read
that information before starting your work.
Diagnosing Failures
Use one of the following methods to identify the area where a failure occurred.
❏ See Table 1-1 for diagnosing failures by the symptom of the problem.
❏ See Table 1-4 on page 1-11 for diagnosing failures from the ERROR LED code.
❏ See Table 1-6 on page 1-16 when the failure is on the main circuit board unit.
Note:
The explanation of how to use the self test is on page 1-7.
The explanation of power on self checks is on page 1-5.
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-1
Confidential
Symptoms and Solutions
This explains how to find the source of a problem using the symptom. The numbers in the
“Checkpoints” column indicate the order to use to check the problem. If you cannot determine
the cause of the problem after checking the first item, proceed to the next number.
Table 1-1 Symptoms and checkpoints
Symptom
Checkpoints (by Priority)
Power does not turn on.
Power on self check is not completed.
Or, POWER LED does not light.
1. Check the power supply unit. Check that 24V is coming out of
the power supply.
2. Check the main circuit board unit. (See page 1-16)
3. Unplug the printer. Then unplug each motor or coil's connector
from the main board one by one; plug the printer back in, and
power it on. This will let you know if any motor or coil has
burned out and is pulling down the power. (See page 1-14)
4. Replace the I/F circuit board. (See page 2-125)
There are missing dots
in the print.
Receipt Printing
1. Clean the thermal print head. (See page B-3.)
2. Replace the thermal print head. (See page 2-82.)
3. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-92.)
Slip Printing
1. Replace the print head unit. (See page 1-19)
2. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-92)
Endorsement
Printing
1. Replace the endorsement printer unit. (See page 2-49.)
2. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-92.)
Receipt Printing
1. Clean the thermal print head. (See page B-3.)
2. Adjust DIP switches DSW 2-3 and 2-4 (print density selection
switches). (See page D-87 or D-89.)
3. Replace the thermal print head. (See page 2-82.)
4. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-92.)
Slip Printing
1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-4.)
2. Proceed to the following section “Ribbon won’t feed (Slip
Printers).”
Endorsement
Printing
1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-7.)
2. Proceed to the following section “Ribbon won’t feed
(Endorsement Printers).”
The print is thin.
1-2 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Table 1-1 Symptoms and checkpoints
Symptom
Checkpoints (by Priority)
Ribbon won’t feed.
Slip Printers
1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-4.)
2. Check to see if any small scraps of paper are adhering to the
ribbon drive plate assembly. (Remove the carriage cover
frame assembly to check the ribbon drive plate assembly. See
page 1-20 for an explanation of how to remove.)
Endorsement
Printers
1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-7.)
2. Replace the endorsement printer unit. (See page 2-49.)
Receipt Printing
1. Clean the thermal print head. (See page B-3.)
2. Replace the thermal print head. (See page 2-82.)
3. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Slip Printing
1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-4.)
2. Adjust the platen gap. (See page 3-10.)
3. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Endorsement
Printing
1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-7.)
2. Adjust the platen gap. (See page 3-7.)
3. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Slip Printing
1. Check for small scraps of paper around the print head unit.
2. Adjust the platen gap. (See page 3-10.)
Endorsement
Printing
1. Check for small scraps of paper around the endorsement
printer unit.
2. Adjust the platen gap. (See page 3-7.)
Thermal Printers
1. Check that the roll paper is properly loaded. (See page I-2.)
2. Check the receipt paper feed motor. (See page 1-14.)
3. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Slip Printers
1. Check that the slip paper is properly loaded. (See page I-9.)
2. Check the paper feed motor. (See page 1-15.)
3. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Unevenness occurs in the
concentration of the print.
There is ink smudging on
the print surface.
Paper feed failure.
Paper jams.
Remove the jammed paper by following the directions in
“Removing Paper Jams.” (See page 1-23.)
The printer won’t recognize when slip paper is
inserted.
1. Remove any dust near the slip B. O. F. detector assembly or the
slip T. O. F. detector assembly. (See page B-2.)
2. Replace the slip B. O. F. detector assembly. (See page 2-36.)
3. Replace the slip T. O. F. detector assembly. (See page 2-52.)
4. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-3
Confidential
Table 1-1 Symptoms and checkpoints
Symptom
Checkpoints (by Priority)
Drawer kick operation failure.
1. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Display module display failure.
1. Check that the unit uses a serial I/F. (The display module will
not work in parallel I/F models.)
2. Check that DIP switch 2-2 is set to ON. (If it is OFF, the display
module will not work.)
3. Check fuse F3 (main circuit board). (See page 1-18.)
4. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
MICR reading failure.
1. Clean the MICR head. (See page B-4.)
2. Replace the MICR head. (See page 2-7.)
3. Replace the MICR fixing and MICR fixing sheet. (See page 2-8.)
4. Replace the MICR solenoid. (See page 2-10.)
5. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-92.)
Missing characters/misprinted characters/font
breakdown.
1. Check the DIP switch settings. (See page D-86.)
2. Replace the interface cable. (See page C-1.)
ERROR LED is lit.
(When it is flashing, see page 1-11.)
1. Close the cover (front cover, roll paper cover, endorsement
cover).
2. Replace with a new paper roll. (See page I-2.)
1-4 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Printer Mechanism Power on Checks
The printer mechanism runs through the following tests when you turn on the power supply to
the printer.
❏ Opens and closes the platen.
❏ Detects carriage home position.
❏ Feeds roll paper to the printer.
This section describes the items that you can check visually.
Opening and Closing the Platen
The printer opens and closes the platen once. Check this operation with the front cover opened.
Check for the platen open and
close operation
Figure 1-1 Opening and closing the platen
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-5
Confidential
Detecting the Head Carriage Home Position
The head carriage on a dot impact printer moves to the left side (home position) once and then
to the right side before stopping. Check this operation with the front cover opened.
Check for head carriage
movement
Figure 1-2 Detecting the head carriage home position
Thermal Printer Paper Feed Operation
Roll paper is fed 1 to 2 mm. You cannot see this if the roll paper is not inserted.
Check for paper feed
Figure 1-3 Thermal printer paper feed operation
1-6 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
How to Use the Self-test
There are two types of self-tests.
❏ Print tests
❏ MICR reader tests (This test is valid only when your printer has a MICR reader.)
The following explains how to execute these tests.
Print Tests
Testing the Thermal Printer
Execute this test using the following procedures.
Table 1-2 Running the thermal printer print test
Step
Operation
Printer Operation
1
Turn the power supply ON while pressing the
FEED button.
The printer will print the status of the printer settings.
Afterward, the autocutter will cut the roll paper and
the PAPER OUT LED will flash.
2
Press the FEED button after the PAPER OUT LED
flashes.
The printer test will be executed. When the print test is
completed, the printer will print ***completed***. The
printer will enter the normal printing mode when the
test is ended.
Note:
You can interrupt the test print by pressing the FEED button during the test. To continue, press the
FEED button again.
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-7
Confidential
Testing Slip Printers and Endorsement Printers
Perform this test using the following procedures.
Note:
Do not execute STEP 3 in the table below if your printer does not have endorsement printer specifications.
Table 1-3 Running the slip printer and endorsement printer print test
Step
Operation
Printer Operation
1
Turn the power supply ON while pressing the
RELEASE switch.
This causes the SLIP LED to flash.
2
Insert the slip paper after the SLIP LED flashes.
The printer will print the status of the printer settings.
Afterward, the slip paper is ejected and the SLIP LED
will flash.
3
After the slip paper is ejected and the SLIP LED
flashes, insert a piece of slip paper in the printer.
The endorsement printer will perform the
endorsement printer test. After the print test, the slip
paper is ejected and the SLIP LED will flash.
The following test pattern is printed during the
endorsement printer test print.
(Scaled at 100%.)
4
After the slip paper is ejected and the SLIP LED
flashes, insert another piece of slip paper in the
printer.
The slip printer print test will be executed. When the
print test is completed, the printer will print
***completed***. The printer will enter the normal
printing mode when the test is ended.
Note:
You can interrupt the test print by pressing the FEED button during the test. To continue, press the
FEED button again.
1-8 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
MICR Reader Test (Only with Printers that Have a MICR Unit.)
1. Load the roll paper in the printer.
2. Turn off the power supply to the printer.
3. Open the roll paper cover.
4. Press the RELEASE button while turning on the power supply.
5. Press the RELEASE button seven times.
6. Close the roll paper cover.
7. The following message is printed on the roll paper. The SLIP LED flashes.
**** RECOGNITION MODE ****
Please set check.
8. Insert check paper into the printer. Insert so that the MICR characters are facing upward on
one side of the paper insertion slot. The printer will run a test to read the check.
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-9
Confidential
9. After reading is completed, remove the check. The printer prints the check data on the roll
paper.
<Example Printing> With E13B Font Check Paper
??????????? ????????????? ????
T012345678T 9012345678900 1234
Data that was read
(lower line).
<Example Printing> With CMC7 Font Check Paper
=0000066 =123456789012^ 210987654321/
???????? ?????????????? ?????????????
Data that was read
(upper line).
10. Verify that the check was read correctly. You can continue running the test by inserting
more checks.
11. When you have finished the test, turn off the power supply to the printer.
1-10 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Troubleshooting Using the ERROR LED
You can learn the cause of a failure by checking the ERROR LED code. The following table
shows problems and solutions to repair the printer. Numbers in the "Solutions" column indicate
the order to use to check the problem. If you cannot determine the cause of the problem after
checking all the solutions listed, go back to Table 1-1, earlier in this chapter.
Table 1-4 Error causes and solutions
Type of Error and ERROR LED Pattern
Explanation
Autocutter error
An error was
detected in the
autocutter.
LED ON
Solutions
(Listed in order you should use to check printer.)
1. Check to see if paper is jammed around the
autocutter. (See page 1-24.)
2. Check the paper cutter sub-assembly motor (see
page 1-14). Replace motor and the main circuit
board if the paper cutter sub-assembly motor has
been shorted.
320ms
5120ms
3. Replace the main circuit board to see if the printer
is repaired. (See page 2-92.)
If the printer is repaired, analyze the defective part
by referring to “Main Circuit Board Unit Test Points”
on page 1-16.
Carriage home position detection
error
The head carriage
home position was
not correctly
detected.
1. Check the carriage assembly for paper jams.
(To remove the carriage cover, see page 1-20.)
2. Check for paper dust on the H.P. detector
assembly. (To remove the carriage cover, see
page B-2.)
3. Replace the H.P. detector assembly.
Carriage out-of-step error
There is no carriage
detector output
even when the
carriage is
instructed to move.
1. Check the carriage assembly for paper jams.
(To remove the carriage cover, see page 1-20.)
2. Replace the intermit circuit board assembly and
check if there is any error with the carriage
detector.
3. Check the carriage motor. (See page 1-15.)
Replace the main circuit board if the carriage
motor is shorted.
4. Replace the main circuit board to see if the printer
is repaired. (See page 2-92.)
If the printer is repaired, analyze the defective part
by referring to “Main Circuit Board Unit Test Points”
on page 1-16.
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-11
Confidential
Table 1-4 Error causes and solutions
Type of Error and ERROR LED Pattern
Explanation
Slip eject error
The slip paper was
not ejected
normally.
Solutions
(Listed in order you should use to check printer.)
1. Look into the printer from the left side to check for
a paper jam in the slip paper transport path.
2. Check the paper feed motor. (See page 1-15.)
If the motor is shorted, replace it along with the
main board.
3. Try installing a new main circuit board unit to see if
the printer is fixed. (See page 2-92.)
If the printer is repaired, analyze the defective part
by referring to “Main Circuit Board Unit Test Points”
on page 1-16.
Cover open error
The roll paper cover
or the unit cover
was detected as
open when
printing.
Close the roll paper cover or the unit cover.
Memory or gate array R/W error
The R/W check did
not operate
properly for the
memory or the
gate array.
Replace the main circuit board unit to see if the
printer is repaired. (See page 2-92.)
High voltage error
The power supply
voltage is high.
Replace the power supply unit to see if the printer is
repaired. (See page C-3.)
Low voltage error
The power supply
voltage is low
Replace the power supply unit to see if the printer is
repaired. (See page C-3.)
1-12 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Table 1-4 Error causes and solutions
Solutions
(Listed in order you should use to check printer.)
Type of Error and ERROR LED Pattern
Explanation
CPU execution error
An abnormal CPU
operation was
detected, or the I/F
board is
disconnected.
1. Check whether the I/F board is connected.
One of the
following was
detected.
1. Replace the print head unit (impact head) to see
if the printer is repaired. (See page 1-19.)
Drive circuit error
1. Print head
thermistor.
2. Lever drive motor
assembly.
3. Endorsement
printer
2. Replace the main circuit board unit to see if the
printer is repaired. (See page 2-92.)
2. Replace the thermal head FFC to see if the printer
is repaired. (See page 2-95.)
3. Replace the thermal print head assembly to see if
the printer is repaired. (See page 2-82.)
4. Replace the endorsement printer unit to see if the
printer is repaired. (See page 2-49.)
5. Check the continuity of the lever drive motor
assembly. (See page 1-15.) Replace it if there is
not continuity.
6. Replace the lever motor T. P. detector assembly to
see if the printer is repaired. (See page2-53.)
7. Replace the main circuit board to see if the printer
is repaired. (See page 2-92.)
Head high temperature error
Rev. A
The thermal head
or the impact head
temperature was
high.
If you print under a high duty, there is the possibility
that this error will occur. Let the printer stand until the
temperature decreases naturally. The printer will
automatically clear this error when the temperature
has decreased. If this error occurs frequently, check
to see if the ambient temperature is within
specifications.
Troubleshooting 1-13
Confidential
Test Points on the Printer Mechanism
Before you replace the main circuit board to see if the printer is repaired, you need to check the
printer mechanism. If the motor or the coils are shorted, replacing the main circuit board will
not fix the problem. The following explains how to test the motors and coils.
Table 1-5 Test points on the printer mechanism
Name of
Mechanism
Thermal
Mechanism
Assembly
(M-H6000)
Part Name
Internal Element
Function
Where to Check
Normal Status
Paper cutter subassembly motor
DC brush motor
Autocutter drive
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN23 on the main
circuit board. Test
between pin 1
and pin 2.
There is
continuity.
Receipt paper
feed motor
4-phase stepping
motor
Receipt paper
feed
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN23 on the main
circuit board. Test
between pin 5
and pin 6 and
between pin 7
and pin 8.
Approximately
11.5 Ω (per
phase)
1-14 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Table 1-5 Test points on the printer mechanism
Name of
Mechanism
Mechanism
Assembly
(M-U675)
Rev. A
Part Name
Internal Element
Function
Where to Check
Normal Status
Lever drive
coil A
(left side when
facing the front
of the printer.)
Coil
• Form stopper
operation
• Slip paper roller
(sub) operation
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN30 on the main
circuit board unit
and test between
pin 26 and pin 27.
Approx. 70 Ω
Lever drive
coil B
(right side
when facing
the front of the
printer.)
Coil
• Platen open
and close.
• Cylindrical
printer platen
open and close
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN30 on the main
circuit board unit
and test between
pin 26 and pin 28.
Approx. 70 Ω
Carriage motor
4-phase stepping
motor
Head carriage
drive
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN30 on the main
circuit board unit
and test between
pin 1 and pin 2
and between
pin 3 and pin 4.
Approx. 4.5 Ω (per
1 phase)
Lever drive
motor assembly
DC brush motor
• Form stopper
operation
• Slip paper roller
(sub) operation
• Platen open
and close
• Endorsement
printer platen
open and close
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN30 on the main
circuit board unit
and test between
pin 29 and pin 30.
The line must be
continuous.
Paper feed
motor
4-phase stepping
motor
Slip paper feed
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN30 on the main
circuit board unit
and test between
pin 17 and pin 18
and between
pin 19 and pin 20.
Approx. 8 Ω (per 1
phase)
MICR solenoid
Coil
MICR hold drive
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN27 on the main
circuit board unit
and test between
pin 1 and pin 2 .
Approx. 28.8 Ω
Endorsement
printer motor
DC brush motor
Endorsement
printer drive
Remove the cable
connector
connected to
CN30 on the main
circuit board. Test
between pin 24
and pin 25.
There is continuity.
Troubleshooting 1-15
Confidential
Test Points on the Main Circuit Board Unit
After a main circuit board unit failure, one basic method for diagnosing the cause of the problem
on the main circuit board unit is to check the power supply line. Use the following table to check
the power supply line. First, check step number 1, and proceed to the next step if that is not the
problem.
Table 1-6 Checking the power supply line
Step
#
1
Type of Voltage
Voltage input
from the power
supply
Location of
Measurement
Condition of
Measurement
Normal
Value
CN29, pin 1
Output when
the power
supply is ON.
24 V ± 10 %
Presumed Cause of the Error
It is possible that the problem is prearcing of the F1 fuse. The fuse may
have pre-arced because of an
unusual input circuit.
Always replace the fuse after
removing the cause of the pre-arcing.
If you do not remove the cause of the
pre-arcing, and replace this fuse, the
problem may expand to
misoperation. Also, always use the
specified type of fuse when replacing.
2
Voltage input
from the power
supply
U11, pin 1
Output when
the power
supply is ON.
24 V ± 10 %
It is possible that the problem is prearcing of the R3 fuse. The fuse may
have pre-arced because of a
problem in the logic power supply
circuit or because of a VCC overvoltage.
If pre-arcing of the R3 fuse happens,
do not repair the main circuit board
unit. The quality of several parts on the
circuit board is weakened by prearcing of the R3 fuse, and safe
operation cannot be guaranteed.
3
Logic voltage
(VCC)
VCC pad
(near L2)
Output when
the power
supply is ON.
5V±5%
It is possible that the logic power
supply circuit has malfunctioned.
If you find this line has a problem, do
not repair the main circuit board unit.
The quality of several parts on the
circuit board is weakened, and safe
operation cannot be guaranteed.
4
Logic voltage
(VCC-PWR)
VCC-PWR pad
(near U14,
pin 40)
Output when
Q51 (C) is "0."
(24V SW1="H")
5V±5%
The logic power supply circuit or Q44
could have malfunctioned.
5
Logic voltage
(VCC-PWR2)
U19, pin 8
potential
Output when
Q60 (C) is "0."
(24V SW2="H")
5V±5%
The logic power supply circuit or Q59
could have malfunctioned.
6
Logic voltage
(VCC_SEN)
CN30, pin 5
potential
Output only
when there is
output sensor
continuity when
CPU output port
(SEN_PWR) is "L."
5V±5%
The logic power supply circuit or Q44
could have malfunctioned.
1-16 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Table 1-6 Checking the power supply line
Step
#
Type of Voltage
Location of
Measurement
Condition of
Measurement
Normal
Value
Presumed Cause of the Error
7
Mechanism
voltage
(24 VA)
Located near
Q17 drain
Output when
Q24 (C) is "0."
(24V SW2 = "H")
24 V ± 10 %
Q17 could have malfunctioned.
8
Mechanism
voltage
(24 VB)
Located near
Q7 source
Only output
continuously
when power
supply unit is
connected.
24 V ± 10 %
TH1 could have malfunctioned.
9
Mechanism
voltage
(24 VC)
Located near
Q29 base
Output when
Q46 (C) is "0."
(24V SW1="H")
24 V ± 10 %
It is possible that the problem is prearcing of the F2 fuse. The fuse may
have pre-arced because of a defect
in the 24V line circuit elements.
If pre-arcing of the F2 fuse happens,
do not repair the main circuit board
unit. The quality of several parts on the
circuit board is weakened by prearcing of the F2 fuse, and safe
operation cannot be guaranteed.
10
Mechanism
voltage (E/P)
(7 V)
Arranged at B2
pad Q8 source
Output when
24 VA is output
and when CPU
output port
EP_ON is “L.”
6.5V ± 4 %
It is possible that when not output,
there is an error with the E/P power
supply circuit.
11
E/P motor
voltage
Test at D49
cathode
The above
mechanism
voltage (E/P)
(7 V) is output
when Q8 is ON.
4 - 6.5 %
It is possible that the fuse F4 is blown.
This fuse may have blown because of
a defect with the circuit elements
related to the E/P unit.
If the fuse F4 has blown, do not repair
the main circuit board. Although it
may seem that the printer has been
repaired by replacing the fuse, the
quality of several parts has
weakened, and safe operation
cannot be guaranteed.
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-17
Confidential
Locations of the Main Elements on the Main Circuit Board Unit
The following shows the locations of the main elements on the main circuit board unit.
Fuse (F3)
Fuse (F1)
CPU (U3)
Gate array (U30)
(under the
memory board)
Fuse (F2)
Thermal paper feed
motor controller (U19)
EP motor drivers
(Q20, 25) (*)
Autocutter motor
driver (Q5)
Carriage motor
controller (U14)
Memory board
Slip paper feed motor
controller (U17)
Font ROM (U513)
Program ROM (U508)
S-RAM (U509)
EP power supply wire (*)
Slip printer head drivers
(QM3 and QM6)
EP head drivers (QM10
and QM11) (*)
Rear side
Fuse (F4)
Fuse (R3)
(*) These parts are mounted only for the model that has the endorsement printing function.
Figure 1-4 Locations of the main elements on the main circuit board unit
1-18 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Procedures for Replacing the Print Head Unit
This section explains how to replace the dot impact print head. See page 2-82 for details on
replacing the thermal print head.
1. Turn off the power switch to the printer. Remove the power supply unit from the printer.
2. Open the printer front cover and remove the ribbon cartridge.
Figure 1-5 Removing the ribbon cartridge
3. Pull the cable connector out of the slit in the case.
Figure 1-6 Pulling the cable connector out
When you are reattaching the cable, arrange the cable wires as shown below.
Figure 1-7 Arranging the cable wires
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-19
Confidential
4. Remove the two screws and remove the carriage cover frame assembly.
Screw
Screw
Figure 1-8 Removing the carriage cover frame assembly
When you are reattaching the frame, insert the tooth on the left side into the shaft and align
the nib on the right side with the nib hole.
Nib
Tooth
Figure 1-9 Tooth and nib
1-20 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
5. Move the head carriage to the right side and remove the print head unit FPC from the
connector.
Figure 1-10 Removing the print head unit FPC
6. Remove the screw and remove the print head unit.
Figure 1-11 Removing the print head unit
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-21
Confidential
When attaching, pass the print head unit FPC through the slit in the head carriage and attach
below the two nibs.
Slit
Two nibs
Figure 1-12 Slit and two nibs
7. Remove the nose guide from the print head unit.
Nose guide
Figure 1-13 Removing the nose guide
8. To reinstall the print head, reverse the procedures you used to remove it.
1-22 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Removing Paper Jams
This explains how to remove the following types of paper jams.
❏ Roll paper jams
❏ Slip paper jams
Roll paper jams
Remove roll paper jams using the following procedures.
1. Open the roll paper cover.
Figure 1-14 Opening the roll paper cover
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-23
Confidential
When the roll paper cover will not open, open the unit cover. Rotate the cutter blade knob in the
direction of the arrow in the illustration to move the cutter blade.
Unit cover
Cutter blade
knob
Figure 1-15 Operating the cutter blade
2. Check if paper is jammed near the area shown in the figure below.
Checking for paper jams
Figure 1-16 Checking for paper jams
1-24 Troubleshooting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Slip paper jams
Remove slip paper jams using the following procedures.
1. Turn OFF the power supply to the printer.
2. Open the unit cover.
Unit cover
Figure 1-17 Opening the unit cover
3. Open the clamshell mechanism while pushing the levers on both sides.
Clamshell
mechanism
Figure 1-18 Opening the clamshell mechanism
4. Remove the paper. After removing the paper, close the clamshell mechanism. Push on the
clamshell mechanism until you hear a clicking sound.
Rev. A
Troubleshooting 1-25
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Chapter 2
Assembly and Disassembly
Before Assembly and Disassembly
Always observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling the printer.
CAUTION:
Always remove the power supply unit from the printer before working. Power is flowing
in the internal circuit board even if you turn the printer off with the power supply switch.
You can damage the printer if you work with the power supply still attached.
Remove all peripheral equipment connected to the printer before starting your work.
Do not perform any work that is not described in this chapter. Doing so can result in
injuries or damage to the printer.
Do not touch the FPC or the FFC pins with your hands.
About this Chapter
Procedures
This chapter provides the procedures for assembling. Reverse them to disassemble the printer.
Assembly is organized into “Assembling the Mechanism Assembly (M-U675),” “Assembling the
Thermal Mechanism Assembly (M-T6000),” and “Assembling the TM-H6000/H6000P.” Each
section is further divided into “Pre-assembly” and “Assembly.”
Do “Pre-assembly” steps first, and then do “Assembly” after you have assembled the parts into
units to some degree.
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-1
Confidential
Assembling the Mechanism Assembly (M-U675)
Pre-assembly Procedures
Pre-assembly of the Slip B.O.F. Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires C, D, E to the slip B. O. F. detector assembly.
2. Insert the slip B. O. F. detector assembly into the slip insertion detector holder.
605 Slip insertion detector holder
668 Slip B.O.F. detector assembly
707 Lead wire (type C)
708 Lead wire (type D)
709 Lead wire (type E)
Figure 2-1
Disassembly and Assembly 2-2
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Pre-assembly of the Lever Drive Coil Assembly
1. Attach lever drive coils (type A, B) to the lever coil mounting plate sub assembly. The rack
for lever drive coil (type A, B) should face upward. Do not confuse type A and B. Type A
uses brown lead wires. Type B uses gray lead wires.
2. Assemble the paper feed trigger attraction plates to the lever drive coils (type A, B).
3. Hook paper feed trigger claw springs onto the lever coil mounting plate sub assembly and
paper feed trigger attraction plate. One side of hook on the paper feed trigger claw spring is
single and the other side is double. Attach the double side onto the paper feed trigger
attraction plate.
4. Lubricate the areas where the paper feed trigger attraction plate contacts other parts (eight
places).
G-36
696
Paper feed trigger attraction plate
G-36
696
Paper feed trigger attraction plate
620
Lever drive coil (type A)
G-36
621
Lever drive coil (type B)
695
Paper feed trigger claw spring
Double-sided hooks
695
Paper feed trigger claw spring
667
Lever coil mounting plate sub assembly
Figure 2-2
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-3
Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Paper Feed Motor
Note:
Perform the following three steps only if your printer has a MICR unit.
1. Insert the paper feed motor into the motor shield case. Insert the paper feed motor gear into
the hole in the motor shield case. Check that the motor printed circuit board (PCB) fits into
the notch.
2. Attach the motor shield spacer onto the motor shield case and secure two screws.
3. Attach the motor shield cover onto the motor shield case. Align the screw holes and the nibs
on the opposite side, and push in so that they snap fit. Secure two screws.
740 Motor shield cover
690
Screws (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)
738
Motor shield spacer
704
Paper feed motor
739
Motor shield case
691
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
691 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-3
Disassembly and Assembly 2-4
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Pre-assembly of the Slip T. O. F. Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires I, J, K to the slip T. O. F. detector assembly.
671 Slip T.O.F. detector assembly
713 Lead wire (type I)
714 Lead wire (type J)
715 Lead wire (type K)
Figure 2-4
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-5
Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Lever Motor T. P. Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires F, G, H to the lever motor T. P. detector assembly.
672 Lever motor T.P. detector assembly
710 Lead wire (type F)
711 Lead wire (type G)
712 Lead wire (type H)
Figure 2-5
Disassembly and Assembly 2-6
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Pre-assembly of the MICR Unit
Note:
Perform the following 16 steps only if your printer has a MICR unit.
1. Solder the MICR connector assembly lead wires to the MICR head.
2. Align the MICR frame and MICR head with the nib and attach with one screw.
741 MICR head
745
MICR connector assembly
752
Screw (C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5)
751 MICR frame
Figure 2-6
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-7
Confidential
3. Affix the MICR fixing sheet to the MICR fixing. Set the hole on the MICR fixing sheet on the
MICR fixing nib and affix so that the MICR fixing sheet does not protrude from the MICR
fixing.
4. Attach the MICR fixing to the MICR lever. The tabs on the MICR fixing should fit into the
MICR grooves.
5. Assemble by inserting the MICR roller shaft. (Attach the shaft with one E-ring.)
746 MICR lever
734 E-ring (1.2)
733 MICR roller shaft
Hole
750 MICR fixing sheet
747 MICR fixing
Nib
Tabs
Looking directly from bottom
Figure 2-7
Disassembly and Assembly 2-8
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
6. Insert the two MICR lever guide shafts into the MICR frame, starting with the end with the
smaller diameter.
7. Lubricate the areas where the MICR lever and the MICR frame are in contact (six places).
8. Attach the MICR frame to the MICR lever as shown in the drawing.
746 MICR lever
751 MICR frame
759 MICR lever guide shaft
G-47
G-47
G-47
Figure 2-8
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-9
Confidential
9. Fit the MICR solenoid into the MICR solenoid case.
10. Align and fit the MICR solenoid nib into the MICR frame.
11. Position and attach the MICR lever fixing plate to the MICR lever nib. (Use two screws to
attach.)
Note:
Tighten the screws while holding the MICR solenoid. Check that the MICR lever will fall under its
own weight.
743 MICR lever fixing plate
755
Screws (C.P.(S), 2.6X8)
742
MICR solenoid case
748 MICR solenoid
Figure 2-9
Disassembly and Assembly 2-10
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
12. Insert to attach the MICR roller shaft from the opposite direction of the MICR lever fixing
plate. Attach with one E-ring.
13. Attach the MICR lever spring on the hooks.
14. Check that opening and closing the MICR head assembly has a clicking feel to it.
15. Insert the MICR shield cover into the three slits in the MICR frame.
16. Hook the MICR connector assembly lead wire to the hook on the MICR frame.
744 MICR shield cover
734 E-ring (1.2)
Hook
749
MICR lever spring
733 MICR roller shaft
Figure 2-10
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-11
Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Carriage Motor Assembly
1. Lubricate the carriage motor shaft.
2. Insert the carriage drive pulley into the carriage motor shaft.
3. Lubricate the inside of the carriage drive pulley.
4. Attach the belt drive cap to the carriage drive pulley and secure it with one E-ring. Place the
belt drive cap with flat surface face up to install it.
685
E-ring (2)
602
Belt drive cap
631
Carriage drive pulley
G-36
G-36
697
Carriage motor
Figure 2-11
Disassembly and Assembly 2-12
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Pre-assembly of the Carriage Assembly
1. Insert the oil rings into the carriage assembly and lubricate. When doing so, insert the flat
surface of the oil rings so that they are facing up and down.
2. Hook the carriage spring to the carriage assembly. Push in until you feel the carriage spring
click.
677
Carriage assembly
604
Oil rings
610 Carriage spring
O-10
Rounded side
O-10
Figure 2-12
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-13
Confidential
3. Insert the carriage belt into the carriage assembly. Fit the belt along the grooves in the
bottom side of the carriage assembly. For the direction of the belt, see the illustration below.
627
Carriage belt
677
Carriage assembly
Figure 2-13
Disassembly and Assembly 2-14
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Pre-assembly of the H. P. Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires L, M, N in that order to the H. P. detector assembly.
675 H.P. detector assembly
716 Lead wire (type L)
717 Lead wire (type M)
718 Lead wire (type N)
Figure 2-14
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-15
Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Carriage Frame
1. Lubricate five shafts on the carriage frame sub assembly.
2. Insert the ribbon feed spring into the shaft shown in the figure below. Set the ribbon feed
spring claw upward and insert all the way by rotating the ribbon feed spring clockwise.
3. Lubricate the surface of the ribbon feed spring.
4. Attach the ribbon take-up gear assembly to the top of the ribbon feed spring. Align the
ribbon feed spring claw and the ribbon take-up gear assembly and insert.
5. Attach the carriage transmission pulley to the shaft shown in the figure below.
6. Apply lubrication to the hole in the carriage transmission pulley.
7. Attach the belt drive cap. Place the belt drive cap with flat surface face up to install it.
680 Ribbon take-up gear assembly
G-36
601
Ribbon feed
spring
602 Belt drive cap
G-36
630
Carriage transmission pulley
Carriage frame
sub assembly
G-36
G-36
Figure 2-15
Disassembly and Assembly 2-16
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
8. Insert the carriage drive transmission gear into the shaft shown in the figure below.
9. Insert the ribbon reduction gear into the shaft shown in the figure below.
10. Insert the ribbon intermediate gear into the shaft shown in the figure below. The smaller
diameter ribbon intermediate gear should be on the lower side.
11. Attach the ribbon drive plate assembly above the ribbon reduction gear and the ribbon
intermediate gear. Set the gear side of the ribbon drive plate assembly downward.
12. Attach the gear train cover to the carriage drive transmission gear.
13. Fasten the belt drive cap, carriage drive transmission gear, and ribbon drive plate assembly
with three E-rings.
685
E-ring (2)
685
E-ring (2)
725
Gear train cover
674
Ribbon drive plate assembly
656
Ribbon reduction gear
632 Carriage drive transmission gear
657 Ribbon intermediate gear
685 E-ring (2)
Carriage frame sub assembly
Figure 2-16
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-17
Confidential
14. Insert the hole in the carriage motor onto the carriage frame sub assembly nib. Temporarily
fasten the screw on the lead wire side.
15. Loosen the screw you temporarily tightened in the previous step (less than one turn).
16. Hook the belt tension spring on the carriage motor and carriage frame sub assembly.
Carriage frame sub assembly
Nib
697
Carriage motor
731
Screw
(C.P.S-tite (P4), 3x6)
628
Belt tension spring
Figure 2-17
Disassembly and Assembly 2-18
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
17. Assemble the carriage assembly to the carriage frame sub assembly. When doing so, set the
carriage spring under the bent part on the carriage frame sub assembly as shown in the
illustration. Insert the carriage guide shaft and secure it with one E-ring.
18. Lubricate the right and left sides of the carriage guide shaft.
19. Hook the carriage belt onto the carriage drive pulley (shown with “1” in the illustration) and
carriage transmission pulley (shown with “2” in the illustration) in that order.
20. Tighten the screw (the screw loosened in step 15) on the lead wire side of the carriage motor.
21. Secure another screw to firmly tighten the carriage motor.
Carriage
frame sub
assembly
1
688 E-ring (5)
2
O-10
731 Screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3X6)
677
Carriage assembly
629
Carriage guide shaft
O-10
610 Carriage spring
Carriage frame sub assembly
Figure 2-18
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-19
Confidential
22. Align the intermediate circuit board assembly to the carriage frame sub assembly with two
dowels, and attach the intermediate circuit board cover.
23. Tighten the intermediate circuit board assembly and intermediate circuit board cover
together with two screws.
24. Attach the H. P. detector assembly to the carriage frame sub assembly with one screw. Pass
the H. P. detector assembly lead wires to the bottom through the hole in the carriage frame
sub assembly.
731
Screw (C.P.S-tite (P4), 3x6)
675
H.P. detector assembly
Carriage frame sub assembly
676
Intermediate
circuit board assembly
726
Intermediate
circuit board cover
731
Screw (C.P.S-tite (P4), 3x6)
731
Screw (C.P.S-tite (P4), 3x6)
Figure 2-19
Disassembly and Assembly 2-20
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
25. Pass the flexible plastic cable (FPC) for the print head unit (Eb) through the slit in the
carriage assembly. When you do this, the FPC should be below the two hooks on the
carriage assembly. Install the print head unit (Eb) onto the carriage assembly. Connect the
FPC to the intermediate circuit board assembly connector.
26. Attach the nose guide on the print head unit (Eb) while aligning the three nibs. Secure the
nose guide with one screw.
27. Lubricate the carriage motor gear and the top of the E-ring fastening the ribbon drive plate
assembly.
Hooks
Slit
622
Nose guide
FPC
607
Screw (C.P.P-tite, 3X12)
662
Print head
unit (Eb)
FPC
677
Carriage assembly
G-36
G-36
Figure 2-20
662
Print head unit (Eb)
677 Carriage assembly
FPC
Carriage frame
sub assembly
676
Intermediate
circuit board assembly
Figure 2-21
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-21
Confidential
28. Solder four carriage motor cables and three H. P. detector assembly cables to the
intermediate circuit board assembly.
29. Solder intermediate cables A, B, C to the intermediate circuit board assembly.
30. Fold the intermediate cables A, B, C to the right side.
Three cables
for H.P. detector
assembly
728
Intermediate cable tube
Four cables
for motor
carriage
698 Intermediate cable (type A)
699 Intermediate cable (type B)
700 Intermediate cable (type C)
676 Intermediate circuit board assembly
Figure 2-22
Disassembly and Assembly 2-22
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Pre-assembly of the Front Cover Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires V, U, W in that order to the front cover detector assembly.
664 Front cover detector assembly
Lead wire (type U) 719
Lead wire (type V) 720
Lead wire (type W) 721
Figure 2-23
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-23
Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Lever Drive Motor Assembly
1. Solder the lead wires A, B to the lever drive motor assembly. Solder lead wire (type A) (red)
to the terminal on the side where the label is affixed.
659 Lever drive motor assembly
706 Lead wire (type B)
Label
705 Lead wire (type A)
Figure 2-24
Disassembly and Assembly 2-24
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Pre-assembly of the Carriage Cover Frame Assembly
1. Solder the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B) to the paper ejection detector
assembly. After soldering, pass the cables through the slit in the paper ejection detector
assembly.
663
Paper ejection detector assembly
Slit
702
Paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B)
Figure 2-25
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-25
Confidential
2. Attach the paper ejection detector assembly and the paper ejection detector holder. Then
secure them with one screw.
3. Route the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B) as shown in the illustration.
608
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)
663
Paper ejection detector assembly
633
Paper ejection detector holder
702
Paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B)
Figure 2-26
Disassembly and Assembly 2-26
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
4. Hook the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B) onto the hooks on the carriage
cover frame assembly. Check the starting position for inserting the cable.
5. Attach the paper ejection detector assembly to the carriage cover frame assembly with one
screw.
690 Screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)
681
Carriage cover
frame assembly
702
Paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B)
Figure 2-27
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-27
Confidential
Main Assembly Procedures
1. Tighten two screws on the front of the main frame.
2. Attach the lever drive motor assembly to the main frame with two screws. Install so that the
label side of the lever drive assembly motor is facing the back side.
729
Screw (C.B., 2.6X4)
659 Lever drive motor assembly
691
Screw
(C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Main frame
691 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-28
Disassembly and Assembly 2-28
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
3. Attach the sub slip feed roller holder to the farthest right hole in the sub slip feed lever sub
assembly with one screw.
690 Screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)
644 Sub slip feed roller holder
660
Sub slip feed lever
sub assembly
Figure 2-29
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-29
Confidential
4. Attach the sub slip feed lever spring to the main frame.
5. Attach the sub slip feed lever sub assembly to the main frame. Insert the sub-slip feed lever
shaft from left side and fasten it with one E-ring.
660
Sub slip feed lever sub assembly
641 Sub slip feed lever spring
636
Sub slip feed lever shaft
Main frame
684
E-ring (1.5)
Figure 2-30
Disassembly and Assembly 2-30
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
6. Install the form stopper into the main frame, and attach the form stopper shaft with one Ering. Insert the form stopper shaft from the outer side of the main frame.
7. Hook the form stopper spring to the main frame and form stopper rack.
619 Form stopper spring
619
617
Form stopper
617
618 Form stopper shaft
684 E-ring (1.5)
Main frame
Figure 2-31
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-31
Confidential
8. Attach the lever drive shaft assembly to the main frame. Insert the D cut side of the lever
drive shaft assembly to the left and attach to the main frame.
9. Insert the crank shaft holders from the left and right outer sides and attach with one E-ring.
694
Crank shaft holder
688 E-ring (5)
694
Crank shaft holder
Main frame
665
Lever drive shaft
assembly
Figure 2-32
Disassembly and Assembly 2-32
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
10. Press the lever drive shaft gear into the lever drive shaft assembly.
11. Assemble the sub slip feed roller assembly into the main frame.
12. Press the slip drive gear onto the sub slip feed roller assembly. Press in starting from the slip
drive gear whose diameter is larger. (See the illustration below.)
666
Sub slip feed
roller assembly
616
Lever drive
shaft gear
639 Slip drive gear
Main frame
Figure 2-33
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-33
Confidential
13. Snap fit the lever drive motor detector plate to the gear on the lever drive motor assembly.
When doing so, align the rib on the gear and attach.
14. Lubricate the shaft to which the lever motor reduction gear is attached.
15. Use one E-ring to attach the lever motor reduction gear to the shaft. The arrow on the lever
motor reduction gear should be facing the outside.
Rib
613
Lever drive motor
detector plate
614
Lever motor
reduction gear
689
E-ring (2.3)
G-36
Figure 2-34
Disassembly and Assembly 2-34
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
16. Lubricate the inside of the sub slip feed lever shaft in two places.
17. Lubricate the sub slip feed roller holder.
18. Lubricate the form stopper shaft rotating unit in two places.
19. Lubricate the main frame and sub slip feed roller where they contact.
20. Lubricate the form stopper and sub slip feed lever sub assembly shaft where they contact.
21. Lubricate the cam on the lever drive shaft assembly.
Note:
Apply G-48 grease from step 16 to 20 but apply G-36 to the cam in step 21.
Step 20
G-48
Step 21
Step 18
G-36
G-48
Step 19
G-48
G-48
Step 16
G-48
G-48
Step 19
Step 17
Figure 2-35
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-35
Confidential
22. Attach the slip B.O.F. detector assembly to the slip guide lower frame and secure it with one
screw.
Note:
The parts used and the shape of the slip guide lower frame will vary according to the specifications.
Use only the one that matches the specifications.
23. Hook the cable line of the slip B.O.F. detector assembly to the slip guide lower frame.
646
Slip guide lower frame
608
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)
668
Slip B.O.F. detector assembly
Figure 2-36
Disassembly and Assembly 2-36
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
24. Attach the slip guide lower frame to the main frame with two screws. When doing so, pass
the cable wire on the slip B.O.F. detector assembly through the hole in the main frame.
646
Slip guide lower frame
691
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Main frame
Hole
Figure 2-37
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-37
Confidential
25. Insert the sub slip hold sleeve onto both ends of the roller for the sub slip hold roller.
26. Temporarily attach the front frame and the slip guide upper frame. When doing so, align the
nibs shown in the illustration with the nib holes.
27. Temporarily attach the sub slip hold roller so that the D cut side is on the right side.
Hole
645 Slip guide upper frame
Nib
Nib
Hole
648 Sub slip hold roller
727
Sub slip
hold sleeve
727
Sub slip hold sleeve
612 Front frame
Figure 2-38
Disassembly and Assembly 2-38
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
28. Attach the slip guide upper frame to the slip guide lower frame. When doing so, align the
nibs and the claw shown in the illustration with the corresponding holes and slit.
645 Slip guide upper frame
Claw
Nibs
646
Slip guide lower frame
Nib
Nibs
Figure 2-39
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-39
Confidential
29. While aligning the three nibs shown in the illustration, attach the front reinforcement frame
to the front frame and secure them with six screws. When doing so, make sure the nibs and
claw you aligned in the previous step (step 28) are still aligned.
30. Tighten the two screws to secure the slip guide upper frame and the front frame.
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer does not have an EP unit.
31. Attach the endorsement platen shutter to the slip guide upper frame.
654 Endorsement platen shutter
691 screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
611
Front reinforcement
frame
Nibs
691
screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-40
Disassembly and Assembly 2-40
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Note:
Perform the following 3 steps only if your printer has an EP unit.
32. Insert the endorsement platen gear onto the endorsement head platen and secure them with
one E-ring.
33. With the cut side facing upward, attach the endorsement head platen to the shaft hole in the
main frame. When doing so, attach the left side of the endorsement head platen first.
34. Attach the slip feed roller shaft holders to both sides of the endorsement head platen.
Attach them starting from the smaller diameter. Secure the holders with two E-rings.
1
736 Endorsement head platen
Cut side
737 Endorsement platen gear
686 E-ring (3)
686 E-ring (3)
609
Slip feed roller
shaft holder
2
686 E-ring (3)
609 Slip feed roller shaft holder
Figure 2-41
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-41
Confidential
35. Insert the slip hold roller spring onto the slip hold roller shaft from the D cut side.
36. Insert the slip hold roller sleeve onto the slip hold roller shaft from the D cut side.
37. Insert the two slip feed roller shaft holders onto the slip hold roller shaft with the flange
facing inward.
609 Slip feed roller shaft holder
637 Slip hold roller shaft
724
Slip hold roller spring
723
Slip hold roller sleeve
609
Slip feed roller shaft holder
Figure 2-42
Disassembly and Assembly 2-42
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
38. Attach the slip hold roller shaft to the main frame in the order shown in the illustration.
Align the D cut portions of the slip feed roller shaft holder with the cutouts in the main
frame.
3
2
PUSH
1
Figure 2-43
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-43
Confidential
39. Attach the slip feed roller shaft holders to both sides of the sub slip hold roller starting from
the small diameter. Secure the holders with two E-rings.
40. Push the slip drive gear into the slip hold roller shaft starting from the side whose diameter
is larger.
41. Press the slip drive gear into the sub slip hold roller starting from the larger diameter.
686 E-ring (3)
609
Slip feed roller
shaft holder
639 Slip drive gear
609 Slip feed roller shaft holder
686 E-ring (3)
639 Slip drive gear
Figure 2-44
Disassembly and Assembly 2-44
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
42. Insert three slip transmission gears onto the shafts on the main frame.
43. Insert the paper feed reduction gear onto the shaft on the main frame starting from the gear
whose diameter is smaller.
693
Paper feed reduction gear
638 Slip transmission gears
638 Slip transmission gear
Figure 2-45
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-45
Confidential
44. Attach the J/S change spacer onto the shaft of the main frame.
45. Lubricate the shaft on which you inserted the J/S change spacer.
46. Attach the J/S change gear to the top of the J/S change spacer.
47. Insert the paper feed transmission gear onto the shaft on the main frame.
48. Secure the gears with four E-rings (3) and one E-ring (2.3) (5 E-rings, total).
G-36
634 Paper feed transmission gear
686 E-ring (3)
647 J/S change spacer
692 J/S change gear
689 E-ring (2.3)
686 E-rings (3)
Figure 2-46
Disassembly and Assembly 2-46
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
49. Attach the lever drive coil assembly to the slip guide lower frame with two screws.
608 Screws (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)
Lever drive coil assembly
Figure 2-47
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-47
Confidential
50. Perform phase adjustment (See Chapter 3, “Adjusting and Setting”). During this phase
adjustment, you will attach the lever drive transmission gear and platen lever drive cam.
Note:
Perform the following four steps (steps 51 to 54) only if your printer has an EP unit.
51. Install the endorsement head guide onto the slip guide lower frame. The left and right bent
sides of the endorsement head guide shown in the illustration should not touch the slip
guide lower frame.
52. Attach the endorsement ground plate onto the slip guide lower frame. Fasten with two
screws. The screw to fasten the endorsement ground plate is the same screw as for the left
side of the endorsement head guide.
756 Screw (C.P.(S-P1), 2.5X5)
753
Endorsement ground plate
Bent sides
735
Endorsement head guide
756 Screw (C.P.(S-P1), 2.5X5)
646
Slip guide lower frame
Figure 2-48
Disassembly and Assembly 2-48
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
53. Mount the endorsement head cable to the connector of endorsement printer unit. Check the
insertion direction of the endorsement head cable.
54. Using two screws, temporarily tighten the endorsement printer unit to the slip guide lower
frame.
732 Screw (C.B.P-tite, 2.5X6)
754 Endorsement printer unit
757
Endorsement head cable
Figure 2-49
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-49
Confidential
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer has a MICR unit.
55. Attach the shielded paper feed motor to the main frame with two screws. Attach so that the
motor cable is facing the direction shown in the illustration.
691 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
691 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-50
Disassembly and Assembly 2-50
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer does not have a MICR unit.
56. Attach the paper feed motor to the main frame with two screws. Check that the circuit
board side of the motor is facing downward as shown in the illustration.
704 Paper feed motor
691 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
691 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-51
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-51
Confidential
57. Snap fit the slip T.O.F. detector assembly to the slip guide upper frame.
58. Pass the slip T. O. F. detector assembly lead wires through the two hooks and pass them
through the hole in the main frame.
671
Slip T.O.F. detector assembly
Hooks
Hole
Figure 2-52
Disassembly and Assembly 2-52
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
59. Align the two nibs and attach the lever motor T. P. detector assembly to the main frame with
one screw. The detector assembly should not touch the lever drive motor detector plate.
613 Lever drive motor detector plate
613
672
672
Lever motor T.P.
detector assembly
691
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-53
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-53
Confidential
60. Using two screws, attach the main circuit board assembly to the main frame. Place the board
so the side of the main circuit board assembly with two connectors faces the front of the
main frame, and the soldered side faces upward. Align with the nibs in two places.
691
Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
673
Main circuit board
assembly
Two connectors
Figure 2-54
Disassembly and Assembly 2-54
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
61. Solder the lead wires of the cables to the main circuit board assembly.
Note:
See Figure 2-70 on page 2-70 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.
62. Hook the lead wires on the side of the paper feed motor as shown in the illustration below.
Figure 2-55
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-55
Confidential
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer has an EP unit.
63. Connect the endorsement head cable to the main circuit board assembly. Then fold the cable
as shown in the illustration.
757 Endorsement head cable
Figure 2-56
Disassembly and Assembly 2-56
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer has a MICR unit.
64. Attach the MICR unit to the slip guide lower frame with two screws. Pass the MICR unit
cable through the hole in the main frame.
MICR unit
722
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
722
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
Hole
Figure 2-57
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-57
Confidential
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer does not have a MICR unit.
65. Attach the MICR shutter to the slip guide lower frame with one screw.
653
MICR shutter
722
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
Figure 2-58
Disassembly and Assembly 2-58
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
66. Pass intermediate cables A, B, C through the hole in the main frame. Attach the carriage
frame unit to the main frame with four screws. Fit the nibs in the carriage frame unit to the
main frame notches.
Note:
Check that the carriage assembly moves smoothly and that the ribbon drive plate assembly moves
smoothly with the carriage assembly.
677 Carriage assembly
674 Ribbon drive plate assembly
Carriage frame
698 Intermediate cable (type A)
699 Intermediate cable (type B)
700 Intermediate cable (type C)
691 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Main frame
Hole
691
Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-59
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-59
Confidential
67. Solder the intermediate cables (type A, B, and C) to the main circuit board assembly.
Note:
See Figure 2-70 on page 2-70 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.
68. Align the front cover detector assembly with the nib on the main frame and attach (with one
screw).
69. Solder the lead wires of the front cover detector assembly to the main circuit board
assembly.
Note:
See Figure 2-70 on page 2-70 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.
730
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
664
Front cover detector assembly
Figure 2-60
Disassembly and Assembly 2-60
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
70. Attach the paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type B) to the paper feed frame fixing L
lever (type B) assembly.
71. Attach the paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type A) to the paper feed frame fixing R
lever assembly.
Note:
The paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type A) is slightly longer than the paper feed frame fixing
lever spring (type B). Also, one end of the paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type B) is single and
the other end is double. Use these to differentiate between springs. Do not mistake these two springs.
679 Paper feed frame fixing L lever (type B) assembly
670 Paper feed frame fixing R lever assembly
Double
640 Paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type A)
642 Paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type B)
Figure 2-61
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-61
Confidential
72. Hook the paper feed frame fixing L lever (type B) assembly and the paper feed frame fixing
lever spring (type B) to the platen lever frame assembly. (E-ring in one place.)
73. Hook the paper feed frame fixing R lever assembly and the paper feed frame fixing lever
spring (type A) to the platen lever frame assembly. (E-ring in one place.)
74. Insert the platen ground plate (type B) into the platen lever frame assembly.
679 Paper feed frame fixing L lever (type B) assembly
687
E-ring (4)
642 Paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type B)
669 Platen lever frame assembly
670
Paper feed frame
fixing R lever
assembly
652 Platen ground plate (type B)
640
Paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type A)
687
E-ring (4)
Figure 2-62
Disassembly and Assembly 2-62
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
75. Snap fit the slip feed roller holder and the slip feed roller.
76. Attach the slip feed roller to the platen lever assembly. Insert the slip feed roller holder pinshaped nib into the third hole from the left in the platen lever assembly. Attach with one
E-ring.
77. Press in the slip drive gear onto the slip feed roller starting with the larger diameter.
78. Lubricate both sides of the slip feed roller and the slip feed roller holder. Rotate the roller
several times to allow the lubrication to become completely dispersed.
686 E-ring (3)
623 Platen lever assembly
649
G-36
643
Slip feed roller holder
639 Slip drive gear
649
Slip feed roller
Nib
like pin
G-36
Third hole from left side
Figure 2-63
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-63
Confidential
79. Insert the nylon lock nut (M3) onto the platen lever assembly on the side where the platen
ground plate (type A) is to be attached. The rounded side of the nylon lock nut (M3) should
be facing the direction shown in the illustration.
80. Insert the platen ground plate (type A) into the platen lever assembly.
81. Insert the two platen springs into the platen lever assembly.
82. Insert another nylon lock nut (M3).
83. Attach the platen assembly to the platen lever assembly. Secure the two platen adjustment
screws.
84. Attach the slip paper guide to the platen lever assembly. Hang the slip paper guide on the
hooks in three places on the platen lever assembly and fit the 2 nibs.
658
Platen adjustment
screw
678 Platen assembly
Rounded side
683
Nylon lock nut
Rounded side
658
Platen adjustment
screw
603
Platen spring
683 Nylon lock nut (M3)
Rounded side
650
Slip paper guide
603
Platen spring
651
Platen ground
plate (type A)
Figure 2-64
Disassembly and Assembly 2-64
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
85. Attach the platen lever spring to the platen lever frame assembly.
86. While aligning the nibs and the holes in the illustration, attach the platen lever assembly and
the platen lever frame assembly.
87. Align the platen lever spring and the protruded portion of the platen ground plate (type A).
88. Insert the two platen lever shafts and secure them with two E-rings.
686
E-ring (3)
669
Platen lever frame assembly
625
Platen lever shaft
Nib
Hole
624
Platen lever spring
623
Platen lever assembly
625
Platen lever shaft
651
Platen ground plate (type A)
Protruding portion
Figure 2-65
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-65
Confidential
89. Insert the paper feed frame shaft into the platen unit.
90. Attach the platen unit to the main frame with two screws. Insert the unit while slightly
widening the frame, and aligning with the D cut.
91. Lubricate the area where the platen lever assembly and the main frame touch.
Platen unit
635
Paper feed frame shaft
682
Screw (C.C., 3X5)
G-36
682 Screw (C.C., 3X5)
Main frame
Figure 2-66
Disassembly and Assembly 2-66
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
92. Solder the R cover detector cable assembly to the main circuit board.
Note:
See Figure 2-70 on page 2-70 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.
93. Lubricate the areas shown in the illustration.
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
Figure 2-67
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-67
Confidential
94. Install the carriage cover on the main frame. Hook the carriage cover on the carriage guide
shaft, and align the screw hole and one nib. Tighten the left side and right side screws in that
order.
730 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
730
Screw
(C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
2
1
Figure 2-68
Disassembly and Assembly 2-68
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
95. Connect the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type A) and the paper ejection detector
cable assembly (type B).
96. Fasten the lead wires for the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type A) and the front
cover detector using a nylon clip. Secure one screw to fasten the clip.
702
Paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type B)
606
Nylon clip
691
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
701
Paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type A)
Figure 2-69
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-69
Confidential
Reference
The following shows the areas to solder on the main circuit board assembly for M-U675.
Paper ejection detector
assembly
Slip T.O.F. detector assembly
Front cover detector assembly
Thermal unit
sensor circuit
board
assembly
(R cover
detecter
cable
assembly)
Carriage
unit
Paper feed
motor
Lever drive
coil (type B)
Slip B.O.F. detector assembly
Lever motor T.P.
detector assembly
Lever drive coil
(type A)
Lever drive
motor assembly
Figure 2-70 Areas to solder on the main circuit board assembly for M-U675
Note:
The colors of the lead wires to be soldered are shown as abbreviations on the circuit board. Refer to the
following table for a list of the abbreviations and color names.
Table 2-1 Meaning of abbreviation
Abbreviations
Color
Pur
purple
Gry
gray
Blk
black
Red
red
Org
orange
Blu
blue
Wht
white
Pnk
pink
Bwn
brown
Disassembly and Assembly 2-70
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Assembling the Thermal Mechanism
Pre-assembly Procedures
Pre-assembly of the N. E. Detector Assembly
1. Attach the N. E. detector lever to the N. E. detector holder.
2. Secure the micro switch to the N. E. detector holder with one screw. When doing so, align
the nib on the micro switch with the hole in the N. E. detector holder.
504 screw (C.B.B-tite,2X8)
542 Micro switch (for N.E. detector)
508 N.E. detector holder
509
N.E. detector lever
Figure 2-71
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-71
Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Autocutter Unit
1. Gather the four paper cutter lead wires and pass them through the guard tube.
2. Pass each of the four paper cutter lead wires through cover tube.
3. Solder the two white lead wires to the legs of the micro switch for the autocutter.
4. Twist the two red and black paper cutter lead wires.
5. Solder the red and black lead wires to the legs of the paper cutter motor sub assembly.
Solder the red lead wire to the (+) pin on the side that is marked and the black lead wire to
the (-) pin on the opposite side.
Mark
535 Micro switch
534 Paper cutter lead wires
529
Paper cutter motor
sub assembly
532 Cover tubes
533 Guard tube
Figure 2-72
Disassembly and Assembly 2-72
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
6. Move the two cover tubes toward the two micro switch pins for the autocutter and the two
paper cutter motor assembly pins. Cover all metal parts with the cover tubes.
7. Apply hot air to the cover tubes covering the pins to shrink them. Do not allow the hot air to
blow onto the micro switch for the autocutter.
Figure 2-73
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-73
Confidential
8. Install the micro switch for the autocutter into the paper cutter cover assembly and fasten
with the switch screw, as shown in the illustration. Align the micro switch nib and the paper
cutter cover assembly hole.
9. Attach the paper cutter motor sub assembly using one screw. Attach so that you can read
the label on the motor.
546
Paper cutter cover assembly
535 Micro switch
548
Screw (C.B., 2X2.5)
529
Paper cutter motor
sub assembly
549 Switch screw
Figure 2-74
Disassembly and Assembly 2-74
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
10. Lubricate the gear on the paper cutter cover assembly. (Lubricate all around the gear one
time)
546 Paper cutter cover assembly
G-19
Figure 2-75
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-75
Confidential
11. Hook the micro switch lead wires to the paper cutter cover assembly as shown in the
illustration.
Hook
Figure 2-76
Disassembly and Assembly 2-76
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
12. Lubricate along the entire surface of the hole on the moveable cutter blade. Also lubricate
the spring that is pressing the moveable cutter blade.
13. Attach the paper cutter frame assembly and paper cutter cover assembly. Attach while
adjusting the moveable cutter blade so that the drive pin of the paper cutter cover assembly
enters the hole in the moveable cutter blade smoothly. When assembling, let the paper
cutter lead wire go upward as shown in the illustration.
14. Make sure the paper cutter cover assembly fits into the two slits and two holes in the paper
cutter frame assembly.
15. Move the guard tube as shown in the illustration to protect the lead wire from the edge of
the frame.
546 Paper cutter cover assembly
533 Guard tube
534 Paper cutter lead wire
Slit
Movable cutter blade
Hole
528
Paper cutter
frame assembly
Slit
Hole
G-15
G-15
Figure 2-77
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-77
Confidential
16. Attach the manual cutter to the paper cutter cover assembly with two screws. Securely
insert the manual cutter nibs into the paper cutter cover holes.
17. Tighten one screw to secure the paper cutter frame assembly and the paper cutter cover
assembly.
18. Use double-sided tape to affix the screening plate.
548 Screw (C.B., 2X2.5)
546
Paper cutter cover assembly
530
Manual cutter
540
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
536 Screening plate
Figure 2-78
Disassembly and Assembly 2-78
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Assembly Procedures
1. Snap fit the paper detector assembly to the paper holder.
2. Attach the relaxation plate to the paper holder.
3. Use double-sided tape to affix the relaxation plate fixing plate to the paper holder and fasten
the relaxation plate.
4. Affix the head caution seal to the paper holder.
520 Relaxation plate
513
Head
caution
seal
526 Paper holder
510
Paper detector assembly
547
Relaxation plate fixing plate
Figure 2-79
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-79
Confidential
5. Attach the N. E. detector unit to the left frame assembly and fasten the hexagon nut (3) and
the N. E. detector adjustment screw. When doing so, attach so that the hexagon nut (3) is
above the oblong hexagon nut hole.
6. Attach the E-ring to the N. E. detector adjustment screw.
7. Align the two nibs and attach the left frame assembly to the paper holder with two screws.
N.E. detector unit
538 E-ring (1.5)
515 Left frame assembly
537 Hexagon nut (3)
502
Screw
(C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
512 N.E. detector adjustment screw
502
Screw
(C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
Hexagon nut
Hexagon nut hole
526 Paper holder
Figure 2-80
Disassembly and Assembly 2-80
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
8. Align the two nibs and use two screws to attach the right frame to the paper holder.
9. Fasten the frame plate between the right and the left frame assemblies using two screws.
10. Fix the sensor circuit board assembly to the right frame with one screw.
540
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
526 Paper holder
541
Sensor
circuit board
assembly
540
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
517 Frame plate
502
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
514 Right frame
502 Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
540
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-81
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-81
Confidential
11. Install the thermal print head assembly.
12. Press the two press head springs into the protruding portions of the pressurizing plate.
13. Assemble the pressurizing plate and the press head springs into the thermal print head
assembly. When doing so, align the four abutments of the pressurizing plate. Fasten two
screws to secure the pressurizing plate.
540
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
506
Press head spring
540
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Abutments
519
Pressurizing plate
Abutments
506
Press 525
head Thermal print
spring head assembly
Abutments
(Same as left)
Figure 2-82
Disassembly and Assembly 2-82
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
14. Attach the intermit circuit board assembly to the right frame with one screw.
15. Insert the deceleration gear onto the shaft on the left frame. The larger diameter part should
be on the inner side.
505 Deceleration gear
527
Intermit circuit board
assembly
540
Screw
(C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-83
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-83
Confidential
16. Attach the receipt paper feed motor to the motor frame with two screws.
516 Motor frame
544
Receipt paper
feed motor
540 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-84
Disassembly and Assembly 2-84
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
17. Attach the motor frame to the left frame with two screws. When doing so, insert the shaft on
the left frame into the motor frame hole.
18. While aligning the four abutments, install the autocutter unit and secure the unit with two
screws.
19. Affix a head caution seal to the motor frame.
540 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Autocutter unit
540 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
540
Screw
(C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
516 Motor frame
540
Screw
(C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
513
Head caution seal
abutments
Figure 2-85
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-85
Confidential
20. Insert the platen shaft holder into the platen assembly and attach to the frame cover with one
E-ring.
518 Frame cover
503 Platen shaft holder
501 E-ring (2.5)
511
Platen assembly
Figure 2-86
Disassembly and Assembly 2-86
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
21. Use the two cover rotation shafts to attach the frame cover to the right frame and left frame
assembly with two E-rings.
22. Hook the cover springs to the left frame assembly and right frame. Hook the cover springs
as shown in the illustration.
539 E-ring (2)
523 Cover spring
523 Cover spring
539
E-ring (2)
524 Cover shaft
524
Cover shaft
The end of
the spring
wire is facing
this direction.
Figure 2-87
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-87
Confidential
23. Slide the blade holder spring into the frame cover until you hear a click.
24. While aligning the three hooks, attach the fixed blade to the frame cover.
521
Blade holder spring
507
Fixed blade
Hooks
Figure 2-88
Disassembly and Assembly 2-88
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
25. Connect the N. E. detector lead wire assembly to the micro switch for the N. E. detector.
26. Connect the cover open detector lead wire to the sensor circuit board assembly.
27. Connect the lead wires to the corresponding connector on the intermit circuit board
assembly.
542 Micro switch
541 Sensor circuit board assembly
527 Intermit circuit board assembly
From Micro switch (for N.E. detector)
545 N.E. detector lead wire assembly
From Sensor circuit board assembly
543
Cover open detector lead wire
From Autocutter unit
From Receipt paper feed motor
From Paper detector assembly
Figure 2-89
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-89
Confidential
28. Hook the lead wires in the positions shown in the illustration.
Figure 2-90
Disassembly and Assembly 2-90
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Assembling the TM-H6000/H6000P
Pre-assembly Procedures
Pre-assembly of the rubber insulator spacer assembly
1. Insert the metallic insulator spacer into the rubber insulator spacer.
113 Rubber insulator spacer
114 Metallic insulator spacer
Figure 2-91
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-91
Confidential
Main Assembly Procedures
1. Attach the main circuit board unit to the main plate sub assembly with six screws.
Note:
Components mounted on the main circuit board unit differ according to the specifications. Use the
main circuit board that is appropriate for your specification.
2. Attach the strengthening plate to the main plate sub assembly with three screws.
106 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
122
Main plate sub assembly
128
Strengthening plate
107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
107
Screw
(C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
201
Main circuit board unit
107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
107 Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
Figure 2-92
Disassembly and Assembly 2-92
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
3. If you are attaching a new thermal head FFC, you must bend the thermal head FFC. Shape
the FFC in the same way as the original thermal head FFC that was attached.
205 Thermal head FFC
Figure 2-93
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-93
Confidential
4. Position the thermal head FFC with the markings on the main plate sub assembly and fasten
with insulated tape.
122
Main plate sub
assembly
Marking
Insulated tape
205
Thermal head FFC
Figure 2-94
Disassembly and Assembly 2-94
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
5. Connect the power switch cable assembly to the main circuit board unit.
6. Connect the switch panel cable to the main circuit board unit.
7. Pass the intermit circuit board cable through the slit in the main plate sub assembly and
connect it to the main circuit board unit.
8. Pass the thermal head FFC through the slit in the main plate sub assembly and connect it to
the main circuit board unit. Fold the excess portion as shown in the illustration below.
205 Thermal head FFC
206
Intermit circuit board cable
210
Switch panel cable
207
Power switch cable assembly
201
Main circuit board unit
Figure 2-95
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-95
Confidential
9. Align the earth wire assembly with the screw hole in the back left side of the mechanism
assembly (M-U675), and attach with one screw. The flat surface of the earth wire assembly
terminal should touch the mechanism assembly (M-U675). Also, the earth wire assembly
terminal should face the direction shown in the illustration.
10. Insert the two tabs on the mechanism assembly (M-U675) into the two slits on the
strengthening plate.
11. Position the nibs and nib holes shown in the illustration and attach the two insulator spacer
assemblies. The flange of the metallic insulator spacer should be facing downward.
12. Fasten the mechanism assembly (M-U675) using one screw.
107
Screw
(C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
106 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
600 Mechanism assembly
203
Earth wire
assembly
Insulator spacer assemblies
Nib holes
Flange of the metallic
insulator spacer
Nibs
Figure 2-96
Disassembly and Assembly 2-96
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
13. Pass the power switch cable assembly between the L-shaped piece in the main plate sub
assembly and the QM6 element on the main circuit board unit, as shown in the illustration.
14. Use insulated tape on the areas shown in the illustration to secure the power switch cable
assembly temporarily.
15. Connect the two circuit board FFCs to the main circuit board unit and the mechanism
assembly (M-U675) in that order. Bend the FFCs so that the fold is on the main circuit board
side.
207
Power switch cable assembly
Tape
209
Circuit
board FFC
207 Power switch cable assembly
QM6
Figure 2-97
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-97
Confidential
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer has a MICR unit.
16. Connect the MICR cables (two connectors). Put the excess cable into the slit as shown in the
illustration.
Figure 2-98
Disassembly and Assembly 2-98
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
17. Fix the switch panel circuit board assembly to the mechanism assembly (M-U675) with one
screw.
18. Connect the switch panel cable to the switch panel circuit board assembly. Set the wiring so
that the switch panel cable is positioned with the L-shaped part shown in the illustration.
101 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
208
Switch panel
circuit board
assembly
210
Switch panel cable
L-shaped part
Figure 2-99
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-99
Confidential
19. Attach the rubber feet to the lower case.
20. Attach the mechanism assembly (M-U675) to the lower case with four screws. Align the
mechanism assembly (M-U675) with the lower case nibs.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow the power switch cable assembly to become pinched.
108 Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12)
109
Screws (C.B.B-tite, 4X25)
108 Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12)
112
Plain washers (4.2X1X12)
117
Rubber foot
117
Rubber foot
118
Lower case
117
Rubber foot
Figure 2-100
Disassembly and Assembly 2-100
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
21. Remove the tape that is temporarily holding the power switch cable assembly and assemble
the switch to the lower case. Assemble so that the “O” mark is on the left side and the “I”
mark is on the right side.
207 Power switch cable assembly
Figure 2-101
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-101
Confidential
22. Attach the thermal unit sensor circuit board assembly onto the thermal frame nib. Attach
with one screw.
23. Tighten two screws on the left and right of the thermal frame.
24. Attach the two thermal cushions to the thermal frame.
106
Screw
(C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
204
Thermal unit sensor
circuit board assembly
106
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
127
Thermal frame
106
Screw
(C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
130
Thermal cushion
Figure 2-102
Disassembly and Assembly 2-102
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
25. Install the thermal frame into the lower case. (Attach with four screws.) Tighten the screws
on the left front side along with the earth wire assembly. When doing so, the flat surface of
the earth wire terminal should touch the thermal frame.
103 Screws (C.P.T-B, 3X10)
203
Earth wire assembly
103 Screws (C.P.T-B, 3X10)
Figure 2-103
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-103
Confidential
26. Connect the R cover detector cable assembly to the thermal unit sensor circuit board
assembly.
27. Lubricate on the thermal frame in two places with G-48.
28. Pass the intermit circuit board cable through the cut in the thermal frame indicated below.
G-48
703 R cover detector cable assembly
204 Thermal unit sensor circuit board assembly
G-48
206 Intermit circuit board cable
Figure 2-104
Disassembly and Assembly 2-104
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
29. Align the thermal mechanism assembly (M-T6000) with the two holes in the thermal holder
assembly and attach with three screws.
105 Screws (C.C.S-tite, 3X6)
500
Thermal mechanism
assembly (M-H6000)
105
Screws
(C.C.S-tite, 3X6)
125 Thermal holder assembly
Figure 2-105
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-105
Confidential
30. Hook the left thermal spring and the right thermal spring to the axis on the thermal holder
assembly. See the illustration below to attach the spring in its proper attachment direction.
31. The axis on the thermal holder assembly has a cut in it. Attach the thermal holder assembly
to the thermal frame while aligning this cut with the cut in the thermal frame.
131
Left thermal spring
500
Thermal mechanism
assembly (M-H6000)
125
Thermal holder assembly
132
Right thermal spring
127 Thermal frame
Figure 2-106
Disassembly and Assembly 2-106
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
32. Close the thermal mechanism assembly (M-T6000). When doing so, do not hang the left and
right thermal springs. (You will be hanging these springs in subsequent procedures.)
Do not hook the springs
to the frame.
Figure 2-107
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-107
Confidential
33. Connect the intermit circuit board cable to the connector on the intermit circuit board
assembly in the thermal mechanism assembly (M-T6000).
206 Intermit circuit board cable
Figure 2-108
Disassembly and Assembly 2-108
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
34. Fit the support plate and the table holder into the lower case.
137 Support plate
138 Table holder
Figure 2-109
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-109
Confidential
35. If you have a new upper case, there is a plate for support to prevent damage during
shipment. Cut this plate in the manner shown in the illustration below.
CUT
CUT
119 Upper case
Figure 2-110
Disassembly and Assembly 2-110
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
36. Store the thermal head FFC in the thermal frame.
205 Thermal head FFC
Figure 2-111
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-111
Confidential
37. Attach the upper case to the lower case. Set the front of the upper case (1) below the bent
portion of the front reinforcement frame. Attach the rear part (2) in the direction indicated
by the arrow while bending slightly.
119 Upper case
2
Bent side
1
Figure 2-112
Disassembly and Assembly 2-112
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
38. Before aligning the teeth on the upper and lower cases, pass the cable wire for the paper
ejection detector cable assembly (type A) through the slit in the upper case.
Note
Do not confuse with the cable wire for the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B).
702 Paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B)
701
Paper ejection detector
cable assembly (type A)
Figure 2-113
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-113
Confidential
39. Align all teeth on the upper and lower cases. When doing so, do not allow the cable wire to
become pinched between the cases.
40. Push the cable wire for the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type A) connector into
the hole in the upper case. Then, route the cable wire for the paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type B) as shown in the illustration at right, so that it is not in the way of the
ribbon cassette.
Figure 2-114
Disassembly and Assembly 2-114
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
41. Pass the flat cable for the switch panel unit through the slit in the front case and attach the
switch panel unit to the front case. Snap fit the switch panel unit in the order indicated in the
illustration.
124 Switch panel unit
2
1
Slit
120 Front case
Figure 2-115
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-115
Confidential
42. Attach the clamp to the front reinforcement frame.
43. Connect the switch panel unit cable to the switch panel circuit board assembly.
44. Attach the front case. Align with the hole in the front case and attach. When doing so, the
flat cable of the switch panel unit should on top of the cable wire for the switch panel cable.
CAUTION:
If the flat cable for the switch panel unit is not on top of the cable wire for the
switch panel cable, there is the possibility that the flat cable could be too short.
45. Fasten the front case using two screws.
104 Screw (C.C., 4X20)
120 Front case
103
Screw (C.P.T-B, 3X10)
110
Clamp
Flat cable
for switch panel unit
Cable wire
for switch panel cable
Figure 2-116
Disassembly and Assembly 2-116
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
46. Attach the two hook springs to the thermal case.
47. Attach the two hook plates to the thermal case.
48. Snap fit the two thermal buttons to the thermal case.
123 Thermal case
134
Thermal button
133
Hook spring
134 Thermal button
129 Hook plate
133 Hook spring
129 Hook plate
Figure 2-117
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-117
Confidential
49. Attach the thermal case with the thermal mechanism assembly (M-T6000) lifted as shown in
the figure below. Check that the four thermal case claws are hanging on the thermal
mechanism assembly (M-T6000).
Claws
Claws
Figure 2-118
Disassembly and Assembly 2-118
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
50. Hook left thermal spring and right thermal spring to the thermal frame.
Hook springs
Figure 2-119
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-119
Confidential
51. When you have passed the thermal head FFC through the two L-shaped thermal holder
assemblies, connect the FFC to the thermal mechanism assembly (M-T6000).
52. Place thermal sheet onto the thermal mechanism assembly (M-T6000).
126 Thermal sheet
205
Thermal head FFC
L shaped part
Figure 2-120
Disassembly and Assembly 2-120
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
53. Close the thermal case and open the cover of thermal mechanism assembly (M-T6000).
54. Attach the operation label (paper loading label) to the thermal mechanism cover.
55. Attach the thermal mechanism cover with four screws.
101 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
135
Thermal mechanism cover
140
Operation label
(Paper loading label)
101 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
Figure 2-121
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-121
Confidential
56. Close the thermal mechanism cover.
57. Attach the ribbon cassette cover to the upper case. Align and insert the nibs on the ribbon
cassette cover.
121
Ribbon cassette cover
2
1
Figure 2-122
Disassembly and Assembly 2-122
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
58. Fasten the upper case and lower case by tightening the two screws.
103 Screw (C.P.T-B, 3X10)
Figure 2-123
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-123
Confidential
59. Assemble the I/F circuit board unit.
116
Connector plate
(for serial I/F)
202
RS-232 I/F
circuit board assembly
144 Hexagon lock screw
144 Screw (C.P.S-tite, 3X6)
116 Connector plate (for parallel I/F)
202
Parallel I/F circuit board assembly
Serial I/F
Parallel I/F
Figure 2-124
Disassembly and Assembly 2-124
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
60. Attach the I/F circuit board unit to the main circuit board unit with two screws.
107 Screws (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
I/F circuit board unit
Figure 2-125
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-125
Confidential
61. Attach the lower plate and the IC cover to the main plate sub assembly with five screws.
When doing so, check that the wiring of the power switch cable assembly is as shown in
Figure 2-97.
106 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
136 Lower plate
111 IC cover
Figure 2-126
Disassembly and Assembly 2-126
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
62. Attach the three screws for fastening the display module (option).
106 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
Figure 2-127
Rev. A
Disassembly and Assembly 2-127
Confidential
63. Affix a caution seal.
64. Affix an operation label (MICR insertion label).
65. Affix an operation label (ribbon installation label).
66. Affix a front seal.
142
Operation label (Ribbon installation label)
139
Operation label (MICR insertion label)
141 Front seal
115 Caution seal
Figure 2-128
Disassembly and Assembly 2-128
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
67. Perform the following adjustments and settings. (See Chapter 3, Adjusting and Setting.)
Rev. A
•
Slip printer platen gap adjustment
•
Endorsement printer platen gap adjustment (only if you have an endorsement printer)
•
Detectors threshold value setting
Disassembly and Assembly 2-129
Confidential
Disassembly and Assembly 2-130
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Chapter 3
Adjusting and Setting
Before Adjusting and Setting
Always observe the following precautions when adjusting and setting.
CAUTION:
❏ Always remove the power supply unit from the printer before working.
There is power flowing in the internal circuit board even if you turn off the printer power
supply switch. You can damage the printer if you work when the power supply is still
attached.
❏ Remove all peripheral equipment connected to the printer before starting your work.
❏ Do not perform any work that is not described in this chapter. Doing so can result in injuries
or damage to the printer.
❏ Do not touch the flexible plastic cable (FPC) or the FFC pins with your hands.
Rev. A
Adjusting 3-1
Confidential
Phase Adjusting
Perform phase adjustments when you have removed or replaced any one of the following.
Items Requiring Phase Adjustment
❏ The lever drive gear.
❏ The lever drive transmission gear.
❏ The platen lever drive cam.
❏ The endorsement head platen.
❏ The lever drive shaft assembly.
Phase adjustments are performed when you are partway through the assembly of the slip
printer mechanism. See page 2 - 48 for details.
Use the following procedures for phase adjustment.
1. Push the claw of the lever drive coil (type B).
Lever drive coil (type B)
Claw when raised
Claw when pushed
Figure 3-1
3-2 Adjusting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
2. While pushing the claw of the lever drive coil (type B), rotate the lever motor reduction gear
in the direction indicated in the illustration so that the protrusion on the lever drive gear
faces the very bottom of the printer.
Lever drive coil (type B)
Lever motor reduction gear
A
Lever drive gear
A
A
Lever drive gear protrusion
Figure 3-2
3. Remove your finger from the claw of the lever drive coil (type B). Check that the claw
returns to its original position. Redo from step 1 if it has not returned to its original position.
Figure 3-3
Rev. A
Adjusting 3-3
Confidential
4. Rotate the lever motor reduction gear. Continue until the lever drive gear no longer rotates.
Lever motor reduction gear
Lever drive gear
Figure 3-4
5. (This step should be performed only on printers that have an endorsement printer.)
Rotate the endorsement head platen so that the triangular marking on the endorsement
platen gear is facing straight upward.
Endorsement head platen
Triangular Marking
Figure 3-5
3-4 Adjusting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
6. While the printer is in that state, attach the lever drive transmission gear to the lever drive
transmission gear axis. (E-ring, 1 place.)
Lever drive transmission gear
E-ring
Lever drive
transmission gear
Lever drive gear
Figure 3-6
Rev. A
Adjusting 3-5
Confidential
7. Lubricate the platen lever drive cam shaft. Assemble the platen lever drive cam to the platen
lever drive cam shaft (E-ring, 1 place). Set so that the three gear teeth of the platen lever
drive cam are facing downward.
G-36
Platen lever drive cam
E-ring
Platen lever drive cam
E-ring
Platen lever drive cam
Three teeth of
the gear
Lever drive
transmission gear
Figure 3-7
3-6 Adjusting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Platen Gap Adjustment on Endorsement Printer
Perform platen gap adjustment on the endorsement printer when you have performed any one
of the following.
Items Requiring Platen Gap Adjustment on Endorsement printer
❏ When you replaced or removed the endorsement printer unit.
❏ When you loosened the screws fastening the endorsement printer unit.
❏ When you replaced or removed the endorsement head platen.
Adjust the endorsement printer platen gap on the completed TM-H6000/H6000P printer unit.
Use the following steps to adjust the platen gap on the endorsement printer.
1. Connect the power supply unit to the printer and turn it ON. After the printer is initialized,
turn OFF the power supply. Remove the power supply unit from the printer. (This causes
the arced surface of the endorsement head platen to face the endorsement printer unit.)
Note:
There are two types of endorsement head platen surfaces: arced and cut. When adjusting the gap with
the platen, it is essential that the arced surface of the endorsement head platen face the endorsement
printer unit.
2. Open the unit cover and open the clamshell mechanism. If a ribbon cassette is installed in
the endorsement printer, remove it. (See page I - 7 in the Appendix for details.)
3. Open the front cover.
4. Use 0.55 mm and 0.60 mm thickness gauges to insert from directly above the printer as
shown in the illustration below.
Figure 3-8
Rev. A
Adjusting 3-7
Confidential
5. Loosen the two screws fastening the endorsement printer unit.
Screws
Figure 3-9
6. Use the thickness gauges to adjust the endorsement printer unit position so that the platen
gap is 0.6 ± 0.05 mm at the position shown below. When doing so, be careful that the
thickness gauge does not overlap the endorsement head guide. (See Figure 3-11.)
Endorsement printer
Endorsement printer print head
Projection
Thickness gauge
0.6 ± 0.05 mm
0.6 ± 0.05 mm
Endorsement platen
Figure 3-10 Looking directly from above the endorsement printer
3-8 Adjusting
Rev. A
Confidential
Endorsement printer
print head
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Thickness gauge
Endorsement
platen
Endorsement
print head guide
Figure 3-11 Looking directly from the left of the endorsement printer
Note:
Adjust the platen gap to meet the following conditions (0.6 ± 0.05 mm).
❏ The 0.55 mm thickness gauge falls under its own weight.
❏ The 0.60 mm thickness gauge is pinched and will not fall between the platen and the
endorsement printer.
7. Affix the endorsement printer unit with two screws.
8. If you removed the ribbon cassette from the endorsement printer, re-install it. Close the
clamshell mechanism and close all other covers.
Rev. A
Adjusting 3-9
Confidential
Adjusting the Platen Gap on Slip Printer
Adjust the platen gap on the slip printer when you have performed any one of the following.
Platen Gap Adjustment on Slip Printer
❏ When you replaced or removed the print head unit.
❏ When you disassembled re-assembled the TM-H6000/H6000P printer.
Adjust the slip printer platen gap on the completed TM-H6000/H6000P printer unit. Use the
following steps to adjust the platen gap on the slip printer.
1. Connect the power supply unit to the printer and turn it ON. Turn OFF the power supply
switch when the printer has been initialized. Remove the power supply unit from the
printer. (These steps will close the platen.)
Note:
When you are adjusting the platen gap, you must close the platen. There are instances where the
platen is open on this printer after assembly because of positioning with the gears and cams.
Therefore, you must always use these steps to close the platen.
2. Remove the ribbon cassette cover. (See page 2-122.)
3. Remove the carriage cover frame assembly. (See page 1-20.)
4. Use 0.45 mm and 0.50 mm thickness gauges. Insert the thickness gauges from the side of the
print head unit, as shown in the figure below.
Figure 3-12
3-10 Adjusting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
5. While using the thickness gauges, adjust the stopper screw of the platen set so that the
positions indicated below are 0.5 ± 0.05 mm.
Screw
Platen set
Screw
0.5 +/- 0.05mm
Print Head
20mm
40mm
The stopper screw of the platen set is located here.
Figure 3-13
Note:
Adjust the platen gap to meet the following conditions (0.5 ± 0.05 mm).
❏ The 0.45 mm thickness gauge falls under its own weight.
❏ The 0.50 mm thickness gauge is pinched and will not fall between the platen and the print head
unit.
6. Attach the ribbon cassette cover and the carriage cover set frame.
Rev. A
Adjusting 3-11
Confidential
Setting Threshold Values for Detectors
Perform this setting when you have performed any one of the following.
Items Requiring Settings
❏ When you replaced the slip T. O. F. detector assembly.
❏ When you replaced the slip B. O. F. detector assembly.
❏ When you replaced the paper ejection detector assembly.
❏ When you replaced or repaired the main circuit board unit (for TM-H6000/
H6000P).
1. Remove any residual slip paper.
Note:
You cannot make accurate settings if there is any slip paper remaining. There is no problem if roll
paper is present.
2. Connect the power supply to the printer.
3. Open the roll paper cover.
4. Turn on the power switch for the printer while holding down the FEED button and the
RELEASE button at the same time.
5. Press the RELEASE button 7 times.
6. Close the roll paper cover.
7. The printer will automatically set the detectors. The main circuit board unit will store the
setting values.
8. Print the setting information onto the roll paper after setting. (Do this if you have set roll
paper in the printer.)
3-12 Adjusting
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix A
Service Tools and Lubricants
Table A-1 Service tools required
Tool
Size
Purpose
Gap gauges
<Thickness>
0.45 mm x 1
0.50 mm x 1
0.55 mm x 1
0.60 mm x 1
To adjust the platen gap.
Crosshead screwdriver
No. 0, 1 and 2
Other assembly/
disassembly
Flathead screwdriver
—
Other assembly/
disassembly
Tweezers
—
Other assembly/
disassembly
Soldering iron
—
Other assembly/
disassembly
Wrist band
—
Other assembly/
disassembly
E-ring holder
1.2, 1.5, 2.0, 2.3, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0
and 5.0
Other assembly/
disassembly
Hexagon box driver
5.5 mm
Other assembly/
disassembly
Table A-2 Lubricants
Lubricant
O-10
G-15
G-19
G-36
G-47
G-48
Rev. A
Service Tools and Lubricants Appendix A-1
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix B
Maintenance
Maintenance and Inspection
Perform maintenance and inspection to prevent trouble and maintain the fine, initial
performance of this printer for a long time.
There are two types of maintenance and inspection of this printer, based on the technical skill
required: “Daily Inspection” and “Periodic Inspection.”
❏ Daily Inspection ➝
Items that can be inspected easily and handled by a user of this
printer.
❏ Periodic Inspection ➝
Items that are inspected and handled by a person who has technical
knowledge.
Daily Inspection
Table B-1 Daily inspection checklist
Items to Check
Checkpoints
Handling
Printer setup
The connector cables are plugged in.
Reconnect cables.
The roll paper and ribbon cassette are
properly installed.
Install them properly.
The ribbon is routed properly in the printer.
The ribbon is not damaged.
Replace the ribbon cassette.
The receipt roll paper cover and unit
cover are closed.
Close the cover.
The slip front cover is closed.
Paper dust or particles
in the printer
Open the roll paper cover. There should
be no large paper particles or foreign
matter inside.
Remove the paper particles or foreign
objects.
Use a small vacuum cleaner for computer
equipment to clean thoroughly.
Open the front cover. There should be no
large paper particles or foreign matter
inside.
Remove the paper particles or foreign
objects.
Use a small vacuum cleaner for computer
equipment to clean thoroughly.
Rev. A
Maintenance Appendix B-1
Confidential
Periodic Inspection
Table B-2 Periodic inspection checklist
Items to Check
Checkpoints
Handling
When to Perform
Status of paper dust,
dirt, dust adhering to
the parts
Is there any uneven or faint
printing?
(1)Clean the thermal head (see
page B-3 for instructions).
(2)Clean the receipt side platen
roller.
Every three
month
Is there a great deal of dirt, or dust
adhering to the parts?
Use a small vacuum cleaner for
computer equipment to clean
thoroughly.
Twice a year
Is there paper dust on the
detectors or in the slip paper
path?
Use an air spray can to blow out
paper dust.
Twice a year
Is there any paper dust or other
foreign matter adhering to the
paper end detector or the
ejection detector?
Wipe with a soft cloth to remove
the paper dust, etc.
Twice a year
Is the receipt side platen roller
white with paper dust?
Dampen a cloth with a small
amount of water and wipe the
roller surface.
Twice a year
Is the fixed blade holder spring
deformed or loose?
Attach or replace the springs.
Twice a year
Spring shapes
Are the other springs deformed or
loose?
Autocutter status
Is there paper dust or foreign
matter adhering to the cutter
blade?
Remove the paper dust or foreign
matter from the cutter blade.
Twice a year
MICR status
Check to see if reading can be
performed and checks can be
inserted.
Clean the MICR head (see page
B-4).
Every three
months
Lubrication status
Check the lubrication.
See Appendix G.
Twice a year
Operation check
Are there any abnormal noises or
printing errors when operating?
See Chapter 1.
Twice a year
Appendix B-2 Maintenance
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Thermal head Cleaning
It is necessary for you to clean the thermal head periodically (generally every three month) to
maintain the receipt print quality.
CAUTION:
After printing, the print head can be very hot. Be careful not to touch it. Also let it cool
before you clean it.
Do not damage the print head by touching it with your fingers or any hard object.
1. Open the paper roll cover.
Figure B-1 Opening the paper roll cover
2. Clean the thermal element (the black line and its surrounding area) of the print head with a
cotton swab moistened with an alcohol solvent (ethanol, methanol, or IPA)
print head
Figure B-2 Cleaning the thermal head
Rev. A
Maintenance Appendix B-3
Confidential
MICR Cleaning
It is necessary for you to clean the MICR head periodically (generally every three months) to
maintain the high precision of the MICR reader.
Use a damp type cleaning sheet to clean the MICR head.
CAUTION:
Do not use an adhesive type cleaning sheet.
Note:
Generally, clean approximately every three months. You can adjust the timing of each cleaning according
to the operating conditions.
Cleaning Sheet Standards
Use the following commonly sold cleaning sheet.
❏ PRESAT brand (KIC) “CHECK READER CLEANING CARD” or the equivalent product
(damp type cleaning sheet).
Procedures for Cleaning
You can clean in the following modes. Select the mode when you start cleaning.
❏ Self Mode
❏ Command Mode
When Cleaning in the Self Mode
1. Load roll paper in the printer.
2. Turn OFF the power supply to the printer.
3. Open the receipt cover.
4. Turn the power supply ON while pressing the RELEASE button.
5. Press the RELEASE button seven times.
6. Close the receipt cover.
Appendix B-4 Maintenance
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
7. The following message prints on the roll paper (receipt side) and the SLIP LED flashes.
**** RECOGNITION MODE ****
Please set check.
8. Insert the cleaning sheet into the printer in the same way as a check.
CAUTION:
Insert the cleaning sheet in the correct direction.
9. After the cleaning sheet is ejected, press the RELEASE button once and remove the sheet.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse cleaning sheets.
10. Turn OFF the power supply to the printer.
When Cleaning in the Command Mode
1. Execute the MICR cleaning command FS c.
2. Insert the cleaning sheet into the printer in the same way as a check.
CAUTION:
Insert the cleaning sheet in the correct direction.
3. After the cleaning sheet is ejected, press the RELEASE button once and remove the sheet.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse cleaning sheets.
Rev. A
Maintenance Appendix B-5
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix C
Installation
You can connect up to four cables to the printer. They all connect to the connector panel (on the
bottom rear of the printer), which is shown below.
Figure C-1 Connector panel
Note:
This illustration shows the serial interface model. If you have the parallel interface model, your interface
connector will look different.
Before connecting any of the cables, make sure that both the printer and the host PC are turned
off.
Connecting to the Host PC
You need an appropriate serial interface or parallel interface cable to connect your computer to
the printer. For the serial model, it is important that you use a null modem cable, not any other
serial cable, and for the parallel model use an IEEE 1284 cable.
1. Plug the cable connector securely into the printer’s interface connector.
2. If the cable connector has screws on it, tighten the screws on both sides of the connector.
Figure C-2 Tightening the screws
Rev. A
Installation C-1
Confidential
Note:
Your printer has inch-type hexagonal lock screws installed. If your interface cable requires
millimeter-type screws, replace the inch-type screws with the enclosed millimeter-type screws using a
hex screwdriver (5 mm).
inch screw
millimeter screw
Figure C-3 Inch screw and millimeter screw
3. If your interface connector has a grounding wire, attach it to the printer using the screw
labeled FG, which is next to the interface connector.
4. Attach the other end of the cable to the host PC.
Connecting the Drawer
WARNING:
Use a drawer that matches the printer specifications. Using an improper drawer may
damage the drawer as well as the printer.
Do not connect a telephone line to the drawer kick-out connector; otherwise the printer
and the telephone line may be damaged.
Plug the drawer cable into the drawer kick-out connector on the connector panel in the location
indicated below.
drawer kick-out connector
Figure C-4 Connecting the drawer
C-2 Installation
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Connecting to a Direct Connection Display Module
WARNING:
Be sure not to connect this cable to the drawer kick-out connector, which is next to the
power connector.
Also do not connect a telephone line to the display module connector.
Note:
The DM connector can be used only with the serial interface model of this printer.
1. Make sure the printer is turned off.
2. Plug the cable connector (provided with the direct connection display module) securely into
the printer’s display module connector until it clicks.
DM connector
Figure C-5 Connecting to a direct connection display module
Power Connection
Use the optional EPSON PS-170 power supply or equivalent for your printer.
WARNING:
Make sure you use the EPSON PS-170 power supply or equivalent. Using an incorrect
power supply may cause fire or electrical shock.
Rev. A
Installation C-3
Confidential
CAUTION:
When connecting or disconnecting the power supply from the printer, make sure the
power supply is not plugged into an electrical outlet. Otherwise you may damage the
power supply or the printer.
If the power supply’s rated voltage and your outlet’s voltage do not match, contact
your dealer for assistance. Do not plug in the power cord. Otherwise you may damage
the power supply or the printer.
1. Make sure the printer’s power switch is turned off, and the power supply’s power cord is
unplugged from the electrical outlet.
2. Check the label on the power supply to make sure the voltage required by the power supply
matches that of your electrical outlet.
3. Plug the power supply cord into the connector shown below.
power supply connector
Figure C-6 Power connection
Note:
To remove the DC cable connector, make sure the power supply’s power cord is unplugged; then grasp the
connector at the arrow and pull it straight out.
C-4 Installation
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Appendix D
Product Overview
Component Functions
paper roll
cover
unit
cover
control
panel
front
cover
Figure D-1
interface
connector
DM connector
power supply
connector
drawer kick-out
connector
(*) This illustration shows the serial interface
model. The parallel interface connector looks
slightly different.
Figure D-2
DIP
switch
cover
Figure D-3
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-1
Confidential
Outline of Printer Mechanism
Impact Dot Matrix Printer Mechanism
Printing Mechanism (Main Print Head Unit)
This mechanism consists of the print head unit, which has nine wires vertically arranged in one
row, the head carriage assembly, platen, carriage motor, carriage drive pulley, carriage guide
shaft, carriage transmission pulley, and carriage transmission belt. (See Figure D-4.)
Platen
Carriage guide shaft
Print head unit
Carriage drive pulley
Carriage transmission
pulley
Carriage motor gear
Head carriage assembly
Carriage transmission belt
Figure D-4
Appendix D-2 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Movement of main print head unit
When the carriage motor rotates the carriage motor gear in the direction shown by the white
arrow, the driving force is transmitted sequentially to the carriage drive pulley and carriage
transmission belt, moving the head carriage assembly, which is fixed to the carriage
transmission belt, in the direction indicated by the white arrow. (See Figure D-5.)
Carriage drive pulley
Print head unit
Carriage motor gear
Carriage transmission belt
Head carriage assembly
Figure D-5
Printing operation
< Wire movement when printing one dot >
1. When an electrical pulse is applied to the drive coil, the steel core is excited, and the
operation plate is pulled in the direction indicated by black arrow. At this time, the dot wire
is pressed against the operation plate by the force of the wire return spring. The force of the
operation plate pushes the dot wire out towards the platen (in the direction indicated by
black arrow).
2. The dot wire prints a dot when it strikes the platen through the ink ribbon and paper.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-3
Confidential
3. When the electrical pulse to the drive coil ends, the dot wire and operation plate are
returned to the standby status by the spring force of the wire return spring and operation
plate spring. (See Figure D-6.)
Paper
Operating plate
Wire return spring
Dot wire
Wire guide
Ink ribbon
Platen
Core
drive coil
Figure D-6
Appendix D-4 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
< Printing operation when printing one character >
This section explains the printing operation for a 9 ✕ 9 dot matrix.
Characters are printed by energizing the print solenoids at a timing corresponding to the head
carriage movement position, using the carriage motor phase change signal as a reference signal.
The print head unit moves approximately 0.339 mm with a one step rotation (7.5°) of the
carriage motor.
To print the number "2," print solenoid numbers 2 and 9 are energized in sync with the carriage
motor phase change signal. Next, print solenoid number 8 is energized in sync with TnH,
delayed by a half dot time interval. The number "2" is printed by repeating this process.
(See Figure D-7.)
TnH
Tn4(H)
Tn+1 Tn+3
Tn+5
Tn+2
Tn+4
Tn
Carriage motor phase
switching timing
Print solenoid 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Figure D-7
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-5
Confidential
Platen open/close operation
The platen adjustment screw attaches the platen to the platen lever. The platen opens and closes
to prepare for feeding a check sheet. When the lever coil is energized while the lever drive motor
rotates, it releases the linkage of the lever ratchet wheel to the paper feed trigger attraction plate,
and the lever drive gear rotates the prescribed amount in the direction shown by the arrow. This
rotation is transmitted by the lever drive transmission gear, rotating the platen lever open/close
cam 180°. The platen lever moves in the direction indicated by arrow a around the platen lever
shaft, and the platen and slip feed roller open (see Figure D-8).
To close the platen, the lever drive coil is energized again while the lever drive motor rotates,
turning the lever drive gear the prescribed amount in the direction of the arrow. This rotates the
platen lever open/close cam 180°, and the platen lever is moved in the direction shown by arrow
b around the platen lever shaft by the slip retainer spring. The slip feed roller and slip hold
roller make contact at this time, closing the platen.
Check paper
Platen lever shaft
Platen
Platen lever
Slip feed roller
Slip hold roller
Platen lever
drive cam
a
b
Lever drive
transmission
gear
Lever drive gear
Figure D-8
Appendix D-6 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Detection Mechanism Unit
The detection mechanism unit is comprised of the following mechanisms.
Table D-1 Detection mechanism unit functions
Mechanism
Function
Home position detection
mechanism
Initial setting of printer
(carriage home position)
Carriage detection
mechanism
Detection of head carriage malfunction
B.O.F. detection mechanism
Slip detection
T.O.F. detection mechanism
Slip detection
Paper ejection detection
mechanism
Slip detection
Lever motor T.P. detection
mechanism
Lever drive motor timing signal detection
Front cover detection
mechanism
Front cover open/closed status detection
Roll paper end detection
mechanism
Roll paper detection
Roll paper near end
detection mechanism
Roll paper detection
Roll paper cover detection
mechanism
Roll paper cover open/closed status
detection
Unit cover detection
mechanism
Unit cover open/closed status detection
Roll paper cover detector
Unit cover detector
paper ejection detector assembly
Roll paper end detector
Front cover detector
Roll paper near end
detector
Carriage detector
assembly
Slip B.O.F. detector
assembly
Lever motor T.P.
detector assembly
Slip T.O.F. detector
assembly
Home position detector assembly
Figure D-9
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-7
Confidential
Home position detection mechanism
The home position detection mechanism is located at the left end of the head carriage assembly.
This mechanism keeps track of the head carriage assembly movement position. The initial
setting is made by sensing the detection plate at the rear of the head carriage assembly.
The home position detector consists of an LED and photo IC. When the head carriage assembly
is moved, the detection plate passes between the LED and photo IC. The photo IC output level
changes when the light rays are interrupted. This change in output level is used as a detection
signal for the head carriage movement position.
Printer side
+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND
GND
Signal level at point A
Head carriage detector assembly
Figure D-10
Carriage detection mechanism
The carriage detection mechanism uses a rotary encoder interlocked to the carriage motor gear
to detect abnormal carriage motor rotation.
This mechanism is comprised of the carriage drive transmission gear and carriage detector,
which are located on the carriage motor shaft.
The carriage detector consists of an LED and phototransistor.
The driving force generated by the carriage motor is transmitted to the carriage motor gear,
carriage drive pulley, carriage belt, carriage transmission pulley, and the carriage drive
transmission gear, which is located at an equal interval on the inside of the gear, where the
screening plate is located. When the carriage drive transmission gear is rotated by the driving
force of the carriage motor, the screening plate passes between the LED and phototransistor.
The output level of the phototransistor changes at this time, since the light rays are interrupted.
This output level is used as the detection signal for carriage motor rotation.
Printer side
+5V
High
When light is emitted
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND
GND
Signal level at point A
Screening plate
Figure D-11
Appendix D-8 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Screening plate
Carriage drive
transmission gear
Carriage belt
Carriage motor gear
Carriage detector
Carriage drive pulley
Carriage transmission pulley
Figure D-12
Bottom of form (B.O.F.) detection mechanism
The B.O.F. detection mechanism detects whether or not slip paper has been inserted, and detects
the rear edge of the paper when printing is performed.
The mechanism is located near the right end of where paper is inserted to ensure it can
determine whether or not a slip has been inserted and for proper positioning.
The B.O.F. detector is comprised of an LED and phototransistor. When a paper slip is inserted,
the light rays between the LED and photo resistor are interrupted, resulting in a change in the
phototransistor output level.
This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine whether or not a slip has
been inserted.
Printer side
Slip paper
Paper guide
+5V
High
When light is
interrupted
When light is emitted
Low
GND
GND
Document table
B.O.F. detector assembly
Signal level at point A
Slip paper
Figure D-13
Top of form (T.O.F.) detection mechanism
The T.O.F. detection mechanism detects whether or not a slip has been inserted. The mechanism
is located near the top (before the form stopper) to ensure it can determine whether or not a slip
has been inserted and for proper positioning.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-9
Confidential
The T.O.F. detector is comprised of an LED and phototransistor. Reflected light is used to
determine whether or not a slip has been inserted.
When a slip is inserted, light emitted by the LED is reflected, resulting in a change in the
phototransistor output level.
This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine whether or not a slip has
been inserted.
Printer side
+5V
High
When light is
interrupted
GND
When light is emitted
Low
GND
Signal level at point A
Slip paper
Figure D-14
Paper ejection detection mechanism
The paper ejection detection mechanism detects whether or not a slip has been inserted. The
mechanism is located on the head cover for the slip paper ejection port to ensure it can
determine whether or not paper remains in the unit after the slip ejection operation has taken
place.
The paper ejection detector is comprised of an LED and phototransistor. Reflected light is used
to determine whether or not the slip has been ejected.
When a slip reaches the paper ejection detector after printing is performed and the slip is fed,
light emitted by the LED is reflected, resulting in a change in the phototransistor output level.
This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine whether or not a slip is
present.
Printer side
+5V
High
When light is
interrupted
GND
When light is emitted
Low
GND
Signal level at point A
Slip paper
Figure D-15
Appendix D-10 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Lever motor Timing Pulse (T.P.) detection mechanism
The lever motor T.P. detection mechanism consists of a lever drive motor detection plate and
lever motor T.P. detector on the lever drive motor gear. It detects lever drive motor rotation and
generates the signal, which determines the timing for energizing of the lever coil, which in turn
controls opening/closing of the platen lever and opening/closing of the sub slip feed roller.
Lever drive motor
Lever drive motor detector plate
Lever drive motor gear
Lever motor T.P. detector
Figure D-16
Printer side
+5V
High
When light is
interrupted
When light is emitted
Low
GND
GND
Signal level at point A
Lever drive motor detector plate
Figure D-17
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-11
Confidential
Front cover open detection mechanism
The front cover open detector is located at the right side of the printer mechanism, and detects
opening and closing of the front cover. This detector consists of an LED and phototransistor. A
screening part, located on the rear of the cover, interrupts light rays when the cover is closed.
When the cover is opened, the light rays reach the phototransistor, resulting in a change in its
output level. This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine when the
front cover is open.
Printer side
+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND
GND
Signal level at point A
Front cover light interrupter unit
Figure D-18
Clamshell mechanism
The clamshell mechanism consists of a platen lever unit, paper feed frame shaft, and paper feed
frame fixing lever. This mechanism is used in the event of a quality problem, such as a paper
jam, and when replacing the ribbon for the endorsement printer unit (option) built into the
lower part of the platen lever unit.
Paper feed frame fixing
lever
Platen lever unit
Paper feed frame fixing
lever
Paper feed frame shaft
Main frame
Figure D-19
Appendix D-12 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
❏ Opening mechanism
1. Press the ➝ on the two paper feed frame fixing levers (indicated by "arrow a" in Figure
D-19.)
2. The paper feed frame fixing lever comes off the main frame, allowing the entire platen
level unit to rotate on the paper feed frame shaft.
3. Rotate the entire platen lever unit approximately 90° in the direction indicated by arrow
b (See Figure D-20.)
b
Platen lever unit
Paper feed frame shaft
Main frame
Figure D-20
❏ Closing mechanism
1. When a paper jam or other problem has been fixed, or after the ribbon is changed for the
endorsement printer unit, rotate the entire platen lever unit in the opposite direction
from when the mechanism was opened.
2. Lightly press down on the upper part of the platen lever unit to lock the paper feed
frame fixing lever to the main frame.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-13
Confidential
Slip Feed Mechanism
The slip feed mechanism is comprised of the following parts:
❏ Form stopper
❏ Sub slip feed lever
❏ Sub slip feed roller
❏ Sub slip hold roller
❏ Slip feed roller
❏ Slip hold roller
❏ Paper feed motor and wheel
Positioning slip paper
The slip paper path is normally interrupted by the form stopper, located perpendicular to the
path, which is held in place by the form stopper spring.
When a slip is inserted along the right edge of the slip guide lower frame in the direction
indicated by the arrow, the slip paper goes in as far as the form stopper and is positioned (See
Figure D-21.)
When the T.O.F. detector and B.O.F. detector determine that a slip has been inserted, the lever
drive coil is energized while the lever drive motor is rotated. At this time, the linkage between
the paper feed trigger attraction plate and lever drive ratchet wheel is disconnected, the lever
drive shaft and lever drive cam rotate, and the sub slip feed lever moves in the direction
indicated by arrow a (See Figure D-21.) This pushes up the sub slip feed roller, compressing the
sub slip hold roller. At the same time as this, the sub slip feed lever moves the form stopper in
the direction indicated by arrow b (See Figure D-21), completing preparations for feeding the
slip away from the form stopper slip path (See Figure D-21.)
Slip feed roller
T.O.F. detector
assembly
Sub slip hold roller
Lever drive cam
Paper feed trigger attraction plate
slip hold roller
Slip guide upper frame
B.O.F. detector
assembly
Slip paper
Lever drive coil
b
Sub slip feed roller
a
Form stopper
Sub slip feed lever
Slip guide lower frame
Figure D-21
Appendix D-14 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Platen lever
drive cam
Lever drive motor
Lever drive
transmission gear
Lever drive shaft
Lever drive cam
Paper feed trigger
attraction plate
Lever drive
coil
Lever drive gear
Lever drive
rachet wheel
Sub slip hold roller
Sub slip feed roller
Form stopper
Sub slip feed lever
Figure D-22
After this, the paper feed motor is rotated a number of steps corresponding to the slip paper
format in the direction indicated by the arrow. The rotation force is transmitted to the slip feed
roller and sub slip feed roller by the gears, positioning the slip paper at the top. (See Figure
D-23.)
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-15
Confidential
Slip drive gear
Paper feed reduction gear
Paper feed transmission gear
J/S change gear
f
g
c
e
Slip transmission gear
a
e
d
f
Paper feed motor
b
e
Paper feed motor gear
g
Slip drive gear
Figure D-23
Slip paper printing and paper feed operation
After the slip is positioned, printing can be performed. The paper feed motor drives the slip
feed roller upon the completion of printing of one line, feeding the paper the prescribed
distance. The slip paper can be fed forward or reverse by controlling the energizing signal of the
paper feed motor.
The slip feed mechanism gear assembly is comprised of the following parts:
❏ Paper feed motor gear for paper feed motor
❏ Paper feed transmission gear
❏ J/S change gear
❏ Paper feed reduction gear
❏ Slip transmission gear
❏ Slip drive gear
The driving force of the paper feed motor is transmitted to the slip feed roller and slip hold roller
simultaneously via the gears, creating the force to feed the slip paper on the front and on the
back.
Appendix D-16 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
When the slip paper is fed forward, the respective gears rotate in the directions indicated by
arrow a, arrow b, arrow c, arrow d, arrow e, and arrow f. This rotates the slip feed roller and slip
hold roller in the directions indicated by arrows g and h, feeding the slip paper in the direction
indicated by the arrow. When the slip paper is fed in the reverse direction, the operation is
performed in the opposite direction (See Figure D-23).
Ribbon Feed Mechanism
Ribbon feed mechanism (main print head unit)
The ribbon feed mechanism is comprised of the following parts (See Figure D-24):
❏ Transmission gear
❏ Ribbon reduction gear
❏ Ribbon drive gear
❏ Ribbon intermediate gear
❏ Ribbon take-up gear
❏ Ribbon take-up shaft
The rotation of the carriage transmission pulley driven via the carriage transmission belt is used
to feed the ribbon.
This ribbon feed mechanism only feeds the ribbon when the head carriage assembly is moved
from the right side to the left side.
Ribbon reduction gear
Transmission gear
Carriage transmission
pulley
Ribbon take-up shaft
Head carriage set
Ribbon take-up gear
Ribbon drive gear
Ribbon intermediate gear
Figure D-24
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-17
Confidential
Ribbon feed operation
When the carriage motor moves the head carriage assembly from the right side to the left side,
the carriage transmission pulley rotates in the direction indicated by arrow A. (See Figure D-25.)
This driving force rotates the ribbon drive gear (planetary gear) in the direction indicated by
arrow B via the transmission gear and ribbon reduction gear. At this time, the ribbon drive plate
rotates in the direction indicated by arrow C around the ribbon reduction gear rotation shaft
until the ribbon drive gear meshes with the ribbon intermediate gear.
Meshing of these gears transmits the driving force of the ribbon drive gear to the ribbon take-up
gear via the ribbon intermediate gear, rotating the ribbon take-up shaft mounted at the top in the
direction shown by arrow D. (See Figure D-25.)
The ribbon is fed when the ribbon feed roller in the ribbon cassette meshes with this ribbon takeup shaft.
On the other hand, when the head carriage assembly moves from left to right, the carriage
transmission pulley rotates in the direction of arrow E, and the ribbon drive plate rotates in the
direction of arrow F around the ribbon reduction gear rotation shaft. Consequently, the ribbon
drive gear and ribbon intermediate gear no longer mesh, the ribbon take-up gear remains in
place, and the ribbon is not fed.
Appendix D-18 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
The ribbon take-up gear has an internal one-way clutch, preventing it from rotating in the
direction indicated by arrow G and this in turn, prevents ribbon slack. (See Figure D-25.)
Ribbon take-up shaft
transmission gear
Carriage transmission
pulley
Ribbon reduction gear
A
C
D
G
E
F
B
Ribbon drive gear
Ribbon drive plate
Ribbon intermediate gear
Ribbon take-up gear
Figure D-25
MICR Mechanism (Fuctory Option)
The MICR unit is comprised of the following parts(See Figure D-26.)
❏ MICR head
❏ MICR frame
❏ MICR lever
❏ MICR fixing
❏ MICR solenoid
The MICR unit is located in the slip paper path.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-19
Confidential
MICR character reading, printing on rearprinting on front
When a check is inserted along the right, edge of the slip guide lower frame in the direction
indicated by the arrow in the figure below, it is fed up to the form stopper and positioned.
After the T.O.F. and B.O.F. detectors determine that a check has been inserted, the sub slip feed
roller and sub slip hold roller take hold of the check in an operation like that described for
positioning the slip paper. This prepares for movement of the form stopper in the direction
indicated by the arrow to feed the check. The MICR solenoid is then energized, moving the
MICR lever in the direction indicated by the arrow, and the MICR fixing mounted to the MICR
lever pushes the check against the MICR head.
Next, the paper feed motor rotates at the MICR reading speed in the same way as for slip paper
feed, transporting the check. MICR characters are magnetized by when the MICR characters on
the check paper pass over the MICR magnet established in the front of the MICR unit. The check
sheet is transported through the MICR unit to allow the MICR to read those characters.
In the event the MICR characters cannot be recognized during the MICR reading process, the
check is ejected out the rear (see Note 1).
In the event the MICR characters cannot be recognized, the check is fed to the position
corresponding to the endorsement printing format, it is positioned at the top for endorsement
printing, and endorsement printing is performed in the prescribed format by the endorsement
printer unit. The paper feed motor rotates the slip feed roller during endorsement printing,
feeding the check towards the rear.
Upon completion of endorsement printing, the check is fed to the position corresponding to the
format for printing on the front of the check, and the head carriage assembly prints in the
prescribed format on the front of the check. After printing, the check is fed forward and ejected,
completing the operation. The slip feed roller rotates during the front printing process, feeding
the check forward in the same way as for a slip (see Note 2).
printer
platen
Sub slip hold roller
T,O,F detector
MICR head
Slip guide upper frame
B.O.F. detector
Check paper
MICR lever
Form stopper
MICR hold roller
Slip guide lower frame
Figure D-26
Appendix D-20 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Note 1
Insert the check again if the MICR characters cannot be recognized the first time.
Note 2
When endorsement printing and printing on the front of the check are not performed, the check
is fed forward and ejected upon completion of the MICR reading process.
MICR lever
MICR solenoid
MICR head
MICR fixing
MICR lever
Figure D-27
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-21
Confidential
Endorsement Printer Unit (Fuctory Option)
This mechanism is mounted to the bottom of the platen lever unit after it is opened upward.
Platen lever unit
Endorsement
printer unit
Figure D-28
The endorsement printer unit consists of eight print levers, which are horizontally arranged
with one row of print heads, a ribbon feed mechanism, a ribbon cassette, and other parts.
The print head prints one dot line each time it goes back and forth in the directions indicated by
the white and black arrows in the figure on the next page, and is driven by the motor inside the
endorsement printer unit via a cylindrical cam.(See Figure D-29.)
Appendix D-22 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Ribbon cassette
Ribbon feed assembly
Print lever
print head
Figure D-29
Head printing operation
Movement of print lever when printing one dot (See Figure D-30.)
1. When the coil is energized, the plunger, which is integral with the push bar, attracts the
steel core (in direction indicated by arrow a), pressing against the back surface of the
print lever.
2. Since the bottom edge of the print lever is supported by the print lever shaft, the top
edge of the print lever moves around the print lever shaft toward the endorsement
platen in the direction indicated by arrow b (status indicated by dotted line).
3. The print lever contacts the endorsement platen through the ribbon and paper, printing
one dot.
4. When energizing of the coil ends, the print lever and plunger return to their original
status (solid line) by the force of the print lever spring.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-23
Confidential
b
Coil
Print Lever
Core
Endorsement Platen
a
Print lever spring
Print Lever shaft
Coil
Figure D-30
Ribbon feed mechanism (endorsement printer unit)
The endorsement printer unit ribbon feed mechanism has an internal motor that rotates the
ribbon take-up gear and ribbon take-up axis in the direction indicated by the white arrow via the
ribbon transmission gear. This rotation is transmitted to the ribbon cassette to feed the ribbon.
Ribbon feed gear
Ribbon take-up shaft
Ribbon take-up gear
Figure D-31
Appendix D-24 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Endorsement platen open/close operation
Curved surface a of the endorsement platen is normally in an opposing position to the
endorsement printer unit print head. (See Figure D-33.) When the lever coil is energized while
the lever drive motor is rotated for the MICR reading process after a check has been inserted, the
link between the paper feed trigger suction plate and lever drive ratchet wheel is released, and
the lever drive gear rotates the prescribed amount in the direction indicated by arrow. The
endorsement platen gear is rotated 180° via the lever drive transmission gear, placing cut surface
b of the endorsement platen in an opposing position to the endorsement printer unit print head.
The MICR read operation is performed in this position (endorsement platen open status). (See
Figure D-32.)
Upon completion of MICR reading, the lever coil is energized again while the lever drive motor
is rotated, releasing the linkage of the lever drive ratchet wheel, and the lever drive gear rotates
the prescribed amount in the direction indicated by arrow. (See Figure D-32.) The endorsement
platen gear is rotated 180° via the lever drive transmission gear, placing curved surface a of the
endorsement platen in an opposing position to the endorsement printer unit print head. (See
Figure D-33.) Endorsement printing of the check is performed in this position (endorsement
platen closed status).
Endorsement printer head
Endorsement platen
Endorsement platen gear
Lever drive
transmission
gear
Lever drive gear
Figure D-32
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-25
Confidential
Endorsement platen
Endorsement printer head
Cut surface b side
Circular surface a side
Figure D-33
Appendix D-26 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Thermal Printer Mechanisms
This printer consists of the following six mechanisms:
❏ Paper feed mechanism
❏ Paper supply mechanism
❏ Printing mechanism
❏ Cutter mechanism
❏ Cover mechanism
❏ Printer holding mechanism
The outer appearance of the thermal printer is shown below.
Thermal mechanism cover
Thermal case
Figure D-34
Paper Feed Mechanism
Paper is fed by the drive transmission mechanism, which rotates the platen, and the head
pressing mechanism, which presses the thermal head against the platen.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-27
Confidential
Drive transmission mechanism
The cover frame has a platen supported on bearings to allow it to rotate freely. When the cover
frame is closed, the platen gear fixed to the platen shaft meshes with the reduction gear
provided at the left side of the frame. The rotating force of the receipt feed motor fixed to the
motor frame (direction indicated by arrow ➀) is sequentially transmitted to the motor gear
(pressure fit on motor shaft), reduction gear, and platen gear, driving the platen in the direction
indicated by arrow ➁. A PM-type stepping motor is used for the receipt feed motor. The gears
in this mechanism have such a structure that they separate, so that when the motor attempts to
rotate in the opposite direction, the force acts to separate the gears due to the relationship of the
pressure angle, preventing the motor from being rotated in the opposite direction.
Cover frame
Platen shaft holder
Platen gear
2
Deceleration gear
Platen
Receipt paper feed motor
Platen shaft holder
motor gear
1
Figure D-35
Head press mechanism
Support pins are pressure fit into the thermal head from the left and right sides, and the thermal
head support shafts are fitted into grooves provided in the left frame and right frame. Two head
press springs are provided in the press plate fixed between the left frame and right frame, and
these head press springs press against the back of the thermal head. When the frame cover is
open, the thermal head is in contact with links provided in the left frame and right frame.
Thermal print head
Head press springs
Pressurizing plate
Main fram
Thermal head-spindle
Figure D-36
Appendix D-28 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
When the frame cover is closed, the top of the thermal head radiation plate and platen first make
contact as shown in the figure below, and the thermal head separates from the links in the
direction indicated by arrow ➂, causing the head chip of the thermal head to make contact with
the platen. (See Figure D-37.)
Heat slinger
Platen
Frame cover
3
Head press spring
Head chip
Paper holder
Figure D-37
The force of the thermal head against the platen acts as a downward force on the frame cover,
fixing the platen bearings to the positioning grooves provided in the left and right frames. The
grooves that support the thermal head support shafts are open to the rear surface of the head,
allowing the thermal head to move along the platen. Uniform force acts in the thermal head
print line direction.
Head press spring
Platen
Right frame
(Left frame)
Platen shaft holder
Thermal head shaft
Figure D-38
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-29
Confidential
Paper feed operation
When the frame cover is opened, a paper roll is loaded in the proper position, and the frame
cover is closed. This fits the paper roll between the thermal head and platen. The frictional force
between the platen and paper cause the paper roll to feed in the direction indicated by arrow ➃
when the motor rotates the platen. The paper feed speed with this mechanism is determined by
the type of printing pattern, ambient temperature, power voltage, and DIP switch settings. 2-2
phase excitation is used for speeds exceeding 70 mm/s, and 1-2 phase excitation is used to drive
speeds of 70 mm/s or less to ensure adequate torque and to control motor heat rise and noise.
Paper feed direction
Thermal head
Frame cover
Platen
Roll paper
Pressurizing plate
Head press spring
Paper detector assembly
(Real end)
Figure D-39
Appendix D-30 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
When the cover is open
Drop-in placement of the paper roll is used for this unit. When the frame cover is opened, the
thermal head is exposed (head open mechanism). In addition to facilitating easy loading of
paper rolls, this mechanism also simplifies removal of jammed paper and cleaning of the
thermal head and platen.
Platen
Thermal print head assembly
Frame cover
Paper holder
Left frame
Figure D-40
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-31
Confidential
Paper Supply Mechanism
Paper guides that hold the paper roll are fixed to the frame. The side wall surface of the guides
extend all the way to the thermal head, limiting the width of paper feed. The paper guides also
have a near end detection mechanism, which detects when there is a certain amount of paper
remaining, and a paper end detection mechanism, which detects the end of the paper roll.
Furthermore, the platen has an impact plate to ease rapid changes in load exerted by the paper
roll.
Paper guide
Paper end detector
Relaxation plate
Figure D-41
Near end (N.E.) detection mechanism
The N.E. detector lever is supported by the N.E. detector holder in such a way that it can rotate.
The spring force of a micro switch fixed to the N.E. detector holder by a screw pushes the N.E.
detector lever in the direction indicated by arrow ➀. The micro switch is connected to the
intermediate circuit board by the N.E. detector lead wire. The N.E. detector holder is mounted
to the paper guides by the detector adjustment screw.
Appendix D-32 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
If a new paper roll is loaded, the micro switch is pressed by the N.E. detector lever on the side of
the roll, causing it to go On.
When the amount of paper remaining on the roll is less than a certain amount, the tip of the N.E.
detector lever no longer makes contact with the side of the roll, and it rotates in the direction
indicated by arrow ➀, falling inside the paper roll core, causing the micro switch to go Off,
detecting that the paper roll is near the end.
The mounting screw for the N.E. detector holder fits into an oblong hole. The amount of paper
remaining when the near end is detected can be changed to one of two settings. With one
setting, the N.E. detector holder knob is pulled up and fixed in place, and with the other setting,
the N.E. detector holder knob is pressed down and fixed in place.
N.E. detector holder
detector adjustment screw
N.E. detector lever
Roll paper
Figure D-42
Paper end detection mechanism
A reflective-type photo sensor, comprised of an LED an photo transistor, is mounted on the
paper detection circuit board in the paper path of the paper guides. When the paper end passes
the sensor, the amount of light from the LED that reaches the photo transistor changes, since the
reflection from paper differs from that for the platen surface (rubber). The change in the output
level is detected to detect the end of the paper.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-33
Confidential
The impact plate around the sensor is integral with the frame plate. When the frame cover is
opened, the sensor is exposed, but the impact plate acts as a lightning rod, preventing discharge
of static electricity to the sensor, which would damage it. The paper detection circuit board is
connected to the intermediate circuit board by the paper end detector lead wire.
Paper guide
Paper end detector
Relaxation plate
Figure D-43
Appendix D-34 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Printing Mechanism
The thermal head is in a position where the heating element can make contact with the platen.
The paper rolled around the platen is pressed against the thermal head heating element with the
prescribed amount of pressure. Printing is performed when the heating element generates heat.
A thin-film thermal head is used for this printer unit. The head consists of the head chip with a
heating element, the driver IC that drives and controls the heating element, a thermistor that
detects the thermal head temperature, a heat dissipation plate that prevents an abnormal rise in
heat by the head chip, a flexible plastic cable (FPC) for signal wiring, and the head support shaft
(pin).
The thermal head is connected by the FFC to the main circuit board via a connector. A cross
section of the thermal head heating element and cross section of the paper roll (heat sensitive
paper) are shown in the figure D-45.
Printing is performed in the following steps:
➀ The electrodes for the respective corresponding dots are energized at the prescribed electrical
pulse by the printing signal.
➁ The resistor located in each electrode generates heat.
➂ The thermal energy generated by the resistors is transferred to the heat sensitive layer on the
surface of the paper, and it changes color.
Heat slinger
Pin
Head chip
Connector
FPC
Pin
Figure D-44
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-35
Confidential
Electrode
Thermal color
development layer
Base
Glaze
circuit board
Protective layer
Figure D-45
Data input and printing
The serial printing data input from Data In is synchronized with the clock, transferred to the
shift register, and stored in the latch according to the timing of the latch signal. The stored
printing data is sent to the heating element when the gate is turned on by the strobe signal.
There are two strobe terminals among which drive is divided: Strobe 1 and Strobe 2.
Appendix D-36 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
The electrical pulse width, paper feed rate, thermistor detection temperature, head supply
voltage, and condition for printing the previous dot are set to the ideal values, depending on the
printing pattern.
R257
32 Bit cut
32 Bit cut
R1
VH
R512
DATA IN 1
DATA IN 2
R256
0 1 2 3
LATCH
CLOCK
STROBE 2
STROBE 1
GND
VDD
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
R512
R1
Data transmission direction
Figure D-46
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-37
Confidential
DATA IN 1,2
CLOCK
LATCH
STROBE 1
STROBE 2
Figure D-47
Cutter Mechanism
This unit has an autocutter mechanism that cuts paper automatically, and a manual cutter that
allows the paper to be cut manually.
Autocutter mechanism
The basic principle of the autocutter mechanism is a scissors-like movement where the paper is
cut when two blades pass each other. The autocutter mechanism on this unit is of the type
where the cutter blades are separate, eliminating the necessity of feeding the paper through a slit
in the autocutter mechanism. The fixed blade and movable blade are completely separated
when the frame cover is opened. The fixed blade is located on the frame cover, and the movable
blade mechanism is located on the frame.
Appendix D-38 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Blade holder spring
Fixed blade
Movable cutter blade spring
Movable cutter blade
Figure D-48
Fixed blade mechanism
The fixed blade is located on the frame cover. The fixed blade retainer spring pushes the fixed
blade against the frame cover. As a safety consideration, a row of short tooth-shaped of
projections is provided on the ejection side near the fixed blade.
Movabe cutter blade spring
Fixed blade
Frame cover
Figure D-49
Fixed blade
Thermal mechanism cover
Figure D-50
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-39
Confidential
Movable blade mechanism
The paper cutter motor is mounted to the paper cutter cover, and the cutter motor gear is
pressure fit onto the motor shaft. A DC brush motor is used as the paper cutter motor. The gear
drive shaft (fit on the paper cutter cover) is supported in such a way to allow the drive gear to
rotate. The drive gear is held to the paper cutter cover by a push nut. The rotation speed of the
paper cutter motor is reduced when it is transmitted from the paper cutter motor gear to the
drive gear. This force rotates the drive pin which is pressure fit on the drive gear.
A micro switch to detect the position of the fixed blade is mounted to the paper cutter cover.
The drive gear is integral with a cam, which turns the micro switch on and off. The paper cutter
motor and micro switch are connected to the intermediate circuit board by the paper cutter lead
wire.
A movable blade holder, spacer, movable blade, movable blade retainer spring, and a movable
blade spring washer are located on the movable blade shaft fit onto the paper cutter frame, and
are held to the paper cutter frame by a push nut.
The movable blade has a drive pin, which is fit into an oblong hole. When the drive pin on the
frame cover enters this oblong hole and rotates, the movable blade rotates to the left around the
movable blade shaft. The micro switch is Off (open) when the movable blade is in the standby
status.
Movable cutter blade
Movable cutter blade shaft
Driving cutter blade shaft
Driving gear
Micro switch
Lead wire
Paper cutter cover
Paper cutter motor
Figure D-51
Autocut operation
The frame cover can be closed when the movable blade is at the standby position. When the
frame cover is closed, the shaft located on the frame pushes up the blade shutter, exposing the
fixed blade. A portion of the fixed blade makes contact with a portion of the paper cutter frame,
determining the relative positions of the fixed blade and movable blade. The autocutter can
perform the autocut operation from this position.
The autocut operation is performed as follows:
Appendix D-40 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
➀ The motor rotates clockwise when voltage is applied between the paper cutter motor
terminals.
➁ The drive pin moves the movable blade toward the fixed blade.
➂ The movable blade and fixed blade intersect, cutting the paper from the right edge.
➃ The movable blade is retracted with a certain amount of paper to be cut remaining at the left
edge.
➄ The micro switch detects when the movable blade returns to the standby position, at which
time it stops rotation, and the movable blade stops.
Cutter blade knob
The movable blade is in the standby position when the cutter operation is not performed. This is
a safety consideration to ensure that the frame cover cannot be opened or closed with the blade
in the extended position (separated cutter blade type).
Normally, when the unit is used and the fixed blade is not at the standby position, the paper
cutter motor is rotated in the opposite direction to return the fixed blade to the standby position.
The cutter motor gear has a knob that allows the movable blade to be manually moved when the
fixed blade is not returned to the standby position by the driving force of the motor. The knob is
operated by rotating the thermal printer. Refer to the "Printer Holding Mechanism" later in this
section for the procedure to rotate the thermal printer.
The paper cutter cover has a window for checking that the movable blade has been returned to
the standby position. The movable blade is in the standby position when the pin can be seen in
the window.
Check window
Cutter blade knob
Paper cutter cover
Figure D-52
Manual cutter
The manual cutter cuts off the paper if the autocutter mechanism does not function normally.
The manual cutter is attached to the paper cutter cover with screws.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-41
Confidential
Manual cutter
Fixed blade
Paper cutter cover
Movable cutter blade
Figure D-53
Cover Mechanism
Thermal mechanism cover AA is mounted to the frame cover to provide adequate cover
strength.
The printer, including the auto cover, does not operate normally if the frame cover is not
properly closed. Therefore, the unit has a cover open detection mechanism to determine when
the frame cover is not properly closed.
Appendix D-42 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Frame cover
Paper holder
Cover shaft
Right frame
Cover spring
Figure D-54
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-43
Confidential
Cover open detection mechanism
A transparent photo sensor consisting of an LED and photo transistor is mounted on the cover
open circuit board, which is fixed to the right frame. The frame cover has a blind linked to this
transparent photo sensor that enters a slit in the photo sensor when the frame cover is closed
properly, interrupting the light rays.
On the other hand, when the frame cover is not all the way closed, light from the photo sensor
passes through the slit. The output level of the photo transistor detects whether the cover is
open or not.
Frame cover
Right frame
Photo sensor
Figure D-55
Appendix D-44 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Cover open mechanism
To open the cover, pull strongly on the thermal mechanism AA (plastic cover part) for the cover
knob in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Thermal mechanism cover
Figure D-56
Printer Holding Mechanism
The paper holder and thermal case are fixed to the thermal holder, and the thermal frame is
supported by the support shafts on the right and left sides.
A left thermal spring and right thermal spring are attached between the thermal holder and
thermal frame, pulling the thermal holder in the direction indicated by arrow ➀. Hook plate C
on the thermal case is linked to the thermal frame and acts against this force to stop the thermal
holder from rotating.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-45
Confidential
When the thermal printer is rotated to replace the endorsement printer ribbon or for another
purpose, the thermal buttons on both sides of the thermal case are pulled in the direction of
arrow ➁ to release the link with hook plate C, and the thermal case is rotated in the direction of
arrow ➀. The transparent photo sensor on the thermal frame detects whether the thermal
printer is in the normal position or the position to be rotated.
Thermal mechanism cover
Thermal case
1
2
2
Thermal button
Thermal button
Photo sensor
Paper holder
Thermal holder
Figure D-57
Appendix D-46 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Hook plate
Hook spring
Right thermal spring
Hook plate
Hook spring
Left thermal spring
thermal frame
Figure D-58
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-47
Confidential
Outline of Circuit
Connection of Units
This printer consists of the following main units:
❏ Thermal mechanism unit
❏ Impact head
❏ Impact mechanism drive unit
❏ MICR head unit (Fuctory option)
❏ Endorsement head unit (Fuctory option)
❏ Main circuit board unit
❏ Memory circuit board unit
DM
DKD
CN8
CN9
Power
supply unit
CN18
I/F board
CN29
Thermal
head
Main circuit
board assembly
CN22
CN27
MICR
solenoid
CN1
MICR
head
Memory circuit
board
(ROM, RAM)
CN23
Thermal
Mechanism
(Paper feed,
A/C)
Switch
CN2
CN6
Control panel
LEDs
CN28
CN30
Slip mechanism unit
(paper feed, carriage, impact head,
E/P head)
Figure D-59
Note: A/C = autocutter
E/P = endorsement printer
Appendix D-48 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Circuit Block Diagram
In the circuit block diagram below, the circuit units in this printer are divided into main units.
(E/P is the abbreviation for endorsement printer; A/C is autocutter.)
SW
Power
supply unit
5V
VCC
CN18
Power supply
Power supply
Q17
6.5V
24VA
E/P
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Thermal head motor
voltage supply
24VB
Power supply
Q45
Memory board
Impact head A/C,
MICR head voltage
supply
24VC
Power supply
Slip transport/
carriage motor
solenoids drive
voltage supply
DM
I/F Board
DKD
LED/SW
Mechanism unit
G/A
(U30)
CPU
(U3)
U14
SLIP carriage
Q25
Q20
CN30
Thermal head
U17
SLIP paper feed
E/P motor
Sensor
Thermal paper
feed motor
U19
QM3
QM6
QM10
QM11
Impact head
CN28
A/C
Q5
Solenoid
E/P head
MICR head
solenoid
Figure D-60
The circuit boards consist of the following units:
❏ Main circuit board
❏ Memory circuit board (the memory circuit board is soldered to the main circuit board and
cannot be removed)
❏ Interface circuit board (option)
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-49
Confidential
Memory Circuit Board
An outline of the memory board configuration and specifications are provided below.
❏ Program ROM (Flash memory, U508)
Table D-2 Program ROM specifications
Item
Specification
Application
Mainly for storage of programs
Capacity
Standard: 4 Mbit
8 Mbits may be used, depending on specifications. Circuit also is compatible with
16 Mbits (reserved)
Access Speed
55 ns
❏ Font ROM (Flash memory, U513)
Table D-3 Font ROM specifications
Item
Specification
Application
Mainly for storage of fonts
Capacity
Standard: 4 Mbit
8 Mbits may be used, depending on specifications. Circuit also is compatible with
16 Mbits (reserved)
Access Speed
55 ns
❏ Volatile RAM (SRAM, U509)
Table D-4 Volatile RAM specifications
Item
Specification
Application
Receive buffer
Print buffer
Capacity
1 Mbit
Circuit also is compatible with 2 Mbits (reserved), which can be used as external
memory.
Access Speed
55 ns
Other
SRAM is used.
Flags and stacks use CPU internal RAM (256 bytes)
❏ EEPROM for future expansion (Electrically erasable NAND memory, U512)
Table D-5 Specifications for the EEPROM for future expansion
Item
Specification
Model
TC5816BFT (Toshiba) etc.
Firmware Support
Not determined
Program Updates
Program downloads can be performed over communication lines (via the interface board).
Appendix D-50 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Memory Map
000000H
CPU I/O
0003FFH
000400H
RAM (INT)
000BFFH
000C00H
RAM (EXT)
CS1=0
Gate Array
CS0=0
Font ROM
4M,or 8M
CS3=0
Program ROM
4M,or 8M
CS2=0
1FFFFFH
400000H
4000FFH
800000H
8FFFFFH
F00000H
FFFFFFH
Figure D-61
Main Circuit Board Unit
The main circuit board consists of the following elements:
❏ CPU peripheral circuit
•
CPU
•
GA (gate array)
•
Reset circuit
❏ Slip Mechanism Drive Function
Rev. A
•
Impact head drive circuit
•
Platen open/close/MICR drive circuit (Fuctory option for MICR)
•
Paper feed motor drive function
Product Overview Appendix D-51
Confidential
•
Lever function drive circuit (for paper feed path changeover)
•
MICR signal detection circuit (Fuctory option)
•
Various detection circuits
❏ Thermal Mechanism Drive Function
•
Thermal head drive circuit
•
Paper feed motor drive circuit (for thermal unit only)
•
Autocutter drive circuit
•
Various detection circuits
❏ E/P Drive Function (Fuctory option)
•
E/P shuttle head drive circuit
•
E/P timing motor drive circuit
❏ Input circuit
•
Logic power circuit
•E/P power circuit (Fuctory option)
❏ DIP switch read circuit
❏ Control panel display drive circuit
❏ Malfunction protective circuit
❏ DM interface circuit
Appendix D-52 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
CPU and Peripheral Logic Circuits
CPU
Table D-6 CPU specifications
Item
Specification
External Data Bus Width
16 bits
Internal Data Bus Width
32 bits
External Clock
(root oscillation)
9.83 MHz
Bus Speed
19.66 MHz
Product Number
TMP94C251F (Toshiba)
Internal RAM
256 bytes (used as stack area)
A/D Input Ports
8
Four slip sensors (TOF detector, BOF detector, ejection detector, validation
detector), and one each for MICR head reading, power source voltage
monitoring, impact head thermistor voltage, and thermal head thermistor voltage
D/A Output Port
2
Thermal paper feed motor and carriage motor reference voltage
< CPU Terminals and Functions >
Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal)
Pin
Name
No.
DAREFH
1
DAREFL
DAOUT0
Description
Circuit Signal
I/O
I/O Definition
H
L
VCC


2
GND


3
For thermal PF, current setting
Name
THPF_DA
OUT
5/256
0/256
CR_DA
OUT
5/256
0/256
DAOUT1
4
For impact CR, current setting
DVCC
5
VCC
PC0
6
Paper roll near end (common
for HB/U175)
ROL_NE
IN
Paper
detected
No paper
PC1
7
Paper end (roll paper)
ROL_RE
IN
No paper
Paper detected
PD0
8
Thermal PF_PHASE1
THPF_PH1
OUT
PD1
9
Thermal PF_PHASE2
THPF_PH2
OUT
PD2
10
Thermal PF_I01
THPF_I01
OUT
PD4
11
Thermal PF_I02
THPF_I02
OUT
PD5
12
Thermal PF_I11
THPF_I11
OUT
PD6
13
Thermal PF_I12
THPF_I12
OUT
DVSS
14
GND
PE0
15
DSW2-5
DSW2-5
IN
OFF
ON
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-53
Confidential
Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal)
Pin
Description
Circuit Signal
I/O
Name
No.
PE1
16
EP_TP
EP_TP
IN
E/P timing
pulse
interrupt
PE2
17
SW_SLIP_PF
SW_SLIP
IN
None
Depressed
PE4
18
SW_RECEIPT_PF
SW_RPT
IN
None
Depressed
PE5
19
Receive DMA request receipt
DREQ
IN
PE6
20
Interrupt for synchronous serial
input
SD_INT
IN
PF0/TXD0
21
Serial TXD for asynchronous
communication
TXD
OUT
PF1/RXD0
22
Serial RXD for asynchronous
communication
RXD
IN
PF2/CTS0/
SCLK0
23
Serial CLKIN/DTR for
asynchronous communication
CLKIN
IN
PF4/TXD1
24
Serial CLKREQ for asynchronous
communication
CLKREQ
OUT
PF5/RXD1
25
Serial CTS for asynchronous
communication
CTS
IN
PF6/CTS1/
SCLK1
26
Serial IF_DET for asynchronous
communication
IF_DET
IN
DVCC
27
VCC
NMI
28
VCC connection
VCC
IN
P86/WAIT
29
HCTS
HCTS
IN
AM0
30
CPU mode setting (fixed to "1")
CLK
31
Not used
TEST0
32
Not used (GND fixed)
TEST1
33
Not used (GND fixed)
CLVSS
34
VSS
CLVCC
36
VCC
DVSS
37
GND
X1
38
9.83 MHz
X2
39
9.83 MHz
AM1
40
CPU mode setting (fixed to "0")
RESET
41
Hard reset
RESET
WDTOUT
42
Abnormal detect (used by GA)
TIMI
DVCC
43
VCC
PB0/CAS1
44
LED_ERROR
LED_ERROR
OUT
On
Off
PB1/UCAS1
45
LED_SLIP
LED_SLIP
OUT
On
Off
H
Name
Appendix D-54 Product Overview
I/O Definition
L
NC
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal)
Pin
Description
Circuit Signal
Name
No.
PB2/HLCAS1
46
LED_PAPER
LED_PAPER
PB3/HUCAS1
47
SEN_PWR
(sensor power On/Off)
PB4/WE1
48
PA0/CAS0
I/O
I/O Definition
H
L
OUT
On
Off
SEN_PWR
OUT
Power off
Power on
PTLED_COM
PTLED_COM
OUT
Power on
Power off
49
MICR plunger (+)
MICR_SOL1
OUT
PA1/UCAS0
50
MICR plunger (-)
MICR_SOL2
OUT
PA2/OE0
51
SLIP plunger (+)
SLIP_SOL1
OUT
PA3/OE1
52
SLIP plunger (-)
SLIP_SOL2
OUT
PA4/WE0
53
EP-Power ON/OFF
EP_ON
OUT
DVSS
54
GND
P85/CS5
55
CS spare
CS_RES
OUT
P84/CS4
56
EJM (Electronic journal flash)
CS_EJ
OUT
Not selected
EJM selected
P83/CS3
57
GA
CS_CG
OUT
Not selected
Font selected
P82/CS2
58
ROM1 (External program)
CS_PGM
OUT
Not selected
Program
selected
P81/CS1/RAS0
59
RAM
CS_RAM
OUT
Not selected
External RAM
selected
P80/CS0
60
ROM2 (FONT)
CS_GA
OUT
Not selected
GA selected
DVCC
61
VCC
P76/BUSAK
62
M190 motor drive signal 1
EP_MOTOR1
OUT
Not driven
Driven
P75/BUSRQ
63
M190 motor drive signal 2
EP_MOTOR2
OUT
Brake

P74
64
Solenoid drive 1
LEVER1
OUT
Open
Driven
P73
65
Solenoid drive 2
LEVER2
OUT
Open
Driven
P72/WRLH
66
External memory write (D8  15)
WRH
OUT


P71/WRLL
67
External memory write (D0  7)
WRL
OUT


P70/RD
68
External memory read
RD
OUT


DVSS
69
GND
P00/D0
70
External data bus
D0

1
0
P01/D1
71
External data bus
D1

1
0
P02/D2
72
External data bus
D2

1
0
P03/D3
73
External data bus
D3

1
0
P04/D4
74
External data bus
D4

1
0
P05/D5
75
External data bus
D5

1
0
P06/D6
76
External data bus
D6

1
0
P07/D7
77
External data bus
D7

1
0
DVCC
78
VCC
Rev. A
Name
Product Overview Appendix D-55
Confidential
Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal)
Pin
Description
Circuit Signal
Name
No.
P10/D8
79
External data bus
D8
P11/D9
80
External data bus
P12/D10
81
P13/D11
I/O
I/O Definition
H
L

1
0
D9

1
0
External data bus
D10

1
0
82
External data bus
D11

1
0
P14/D12
83
External data bus
D12

1
0
P15/D13
84
External data bus
D13

1
0
P16/D14
85
External data bus
D14

1
0
P17/D15
86
External data bus
D15

1
0
DVSS
87
GND
DVCC
88
VCC
DVSS
89
GND
P67/A23
90
External address bus
A23

1
0
P66/A22
91
External address bus
A22

1
0
P65/A21
92
External address bus
A21

1
0
P64/A20
93
External address bus
A20

1
0
P63/A19
94
External address bus
A19

1
0
P62/A18
95
External address bus
A18

1
0
P61/A17
96
External address bus
A17

1
0
P60/A16
97
External address bus
A16

1
0
DVCC
98
VCC
P57/A15
99
External address bus
A15

1
0
P56/A14
100
External address bus
A14

1
0
P55/A13
101
External address bus
A13

1
0
P54/A12
102
External address bus
A12

1
0
P53/A11
103
External address bus
A11

1
0
P52/A10
104
External address bus
A10

1
0
P51/A09
105
External address bus
A9

1
0
P50/A08
106
External address bus
A8

1
0
DVSS
107
GND
P47/A07
108
External address bus
A7

1
0
P46/A06
109
External address bus
A6

1
0
P45/A05
110
External address bus
A5

1
0
P44/A04
111
External address bus
A4

1
0
P43/A03
112
External address bus
A3

1
0
P42/A02
113
External address bus
A2

1
0
Name
Appendix D-56 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal)
Pin
Description
Circuit Signal
Name
No.
P41/A01
114
External address bus
A1
P40/A00
115
External address bus
DVCC
116
VCC
PZ0
117
PZ1
I/O
I/O Definition
H
L

1
0
A0

1
0
DSW1-1
DSW1-1
IN
OFF
ON
118
DSW1-2
DSW1-2
IN
OFF
ON
PZ2
119
DSW1-3
DSW1-3
IN
OFF
ON
PZ3
120
DSW1-4
DSW1-4
IN
OFF
ON
PZ4
121
DSW1-5
DSW1-5
IN
OFF
ON
PZ5
122
DSW1-6
DSW1-6
IN
OFF
ON
PZ6
123
EJ memory WP signal
EJ_WP
OUT
PZ7
124
Power source LED
LED_POWER
OUT
ON
OFF
PH4/INT0
125
For future expansion, currently
pulled down
WAKE
IN


PH0/TC0
126
DKD1
DKD1
OUT
OFF
ON
PH1/TC1
127
DKD2
DKD2
OUT
OFF
ON
PH2/TC2
128
Drawer sensor 1
DKDS1
IN
Terminal
24V
Terminal GND
PH3/TC3
129
DSW1-7
DSW1-7
IN
OFF
ON
DVSS
130
GND
PG0/AN0
131
24 VDC monitor
24V_RD
IN


PG1/AN1
132
Thermal head temperature
(TH_THERM)
TH_THERM
IN


PG2/AN2
133
Impact head temperature
(IM_THERM)
IM_THERM
IN


PG3/AN3
134
MICR data
MIRD
IN
PG4/AN4
135
TOF
SLIP_TOF
IN


PG5/AN5
136
BOF
SLIP_BOF
IN


PG6/AN6
137
validation detector
SLIP_VARI
IN


PG7/AN7
138
Ejection detector
SLIP_HAI
IN


VREFH
139
VCC
VREFL
140
GND
ADVSS
141
GND
ADVCC
142
VCC
DAVSS
143
GND
DAVCC
144
VCC
Rev. A
Name
Product Overview Appendix D-57
Confidential
Gate Array (GA)
The GA for this printer mainly consists of a custom IC with the following functions. The GA is
operated by external root oscillation (10 MHz).
❏ Impact head drive function
❏ Thermal head drive function
❏ General-purpose port and other functions
Table D-8 GA terminals and functions
Terminal
Name
Pin
No.
Description
Circuit Signal
Name
Spec.
Meaning
of H
Meaning
of L
DREQ
1
DMA request
DREQ
DREQ
CLKREQ
2
Synchronous serial
CLK_REQUEST
CLKREQ
CLKREQ
VDD1
3
Fixed power source
VCC
VCC
CLKIN
4
Synchronous serial CLKIN/DTR
CLKIN
CLKIN
TXD
5
Synchronous serial TXD
TXD
TXD
RXD
6
Synchronous serial RXD
RXD
RXD
SD_INT
7
Synchronous serial SD_INT
SD_INT
SD_INT
RTS
8
Synchronous serial RTS
RTS
RTS
PC7
9
Port PC/MSL1
MSL1
IN
Yes
No
PC6
10
Port PC/MSL2
MSL2
IN
Yes
No
PC5
11
Port PC/MSL3
MSL3
IN
Yes
No
PC4
12
Port PC/DSW2-1
DSW2-1
IN
DSW-OFF
DSW-ON
PC3
13
Port PC/DSW2-2
DSW2-2
IN
DSW-OFF
DSW-ON
PC2
14
Port PC/DSW2-3
DSW2-3
IN
DSW-OFF
DSW-ON
VSS1
15
Fixed power source
GND
PC1
16
Port PC/lever timing detector
LEVER_DT
IN
Light
received
Light
blocked
PC0
17
Port PC/HB-R cover
TH_R_COVER
IN
PG7
18
Port PG/F cover
F_COVER
IN
Open
Closed
PG6
19
Port PG/R cover/HB unit sensor
R_COVER
IN
Open
Closed
PG5
20
Port PG/AC reset detector
AC_RESET
IN
Stopped
Operating
PG4
21
Port PG/M190 reset detector
EP_RES
IN

Detected
PG3
22
Port PG/DSW2-6
DSW2-6
IN


PG2
23
Port PG/CR motor step-out
detector
CR_MOT_DT
IN
Light
blocked
Light
received
PG1
24
Port PG/CR motor HP detector
CR_MOT_HP
IN
Light
received
Light
blocked
SW24V1
25
24V enabler 1
24VSW1
OUT
24V
supplied
24V
Appendix D-58 Product Overview
interrupted
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Table D-8 GA terminals and functions
Terminal
Name
Pin
No.
Description
Circuit Signal
Name
Spec.
Meaning
of H
Meaning
of L
SW24V2
26
24V enabler 2
24VSW2
OUT
24V
supplied
24V
OUT
Blocked
Driven
OUT
Blocked
Driven
interrupted
PB7/HEAD9
27
Impact/shuttle head 9
SHEAD9
VDD2
28
Fixed power source
VCC
PA7/HEAD8
29
Impact/shuttle head 1
SHEAD1
VSS2
30
Fixed power source
GND
PA6/HEAD7
31
Impact/shuttle head 2
SHEAD2
OUT
Blocked
Driven
PA5/HEAD6
32
Impact/shuttle head 3
SHEAD3
OUT
Blocked
Driven
PA4/HEAD5
33
Impact/shuttle head 4
SHEAD4
OUT
Blocked
Driven
PA3/HEAD4
34
Impact/shuttle head 5
SHEAD5
OUT
Blocked
Driven
PA2/HEAD3
35
Impact/shuttle head 6
SHEAD6
OUT
Blocked
Driven
PA1/HEAD2
36
Impact/shuttle head 7
SHEAD7
OUT
Blocked
Driven
PA0/HEAD1
37
Impact/shuttle head 8
SHEAD8
OUT
Blocked
Driven
PI4/
HEADCOM1
38
Impact head common
changeover
HEADCOM1
OUT
Driven
Blocked
PI3/TIMI
39
Timer in input
TIMI
IN
VSS3
40
Fixed power source
GND
PI2/
HEADCOM2
41
Shuttle head common
changeover
HEADCOM2
OUT
Driven
Blocked
PE5
42
CR motor I10
CR_I10
OUT
PE4
43
CR motor I20
CR_I20
OUT
PE3
44
CR motor I11
CR_I11
OUT
PE2
45
CR motor I21
CR_I21
OUT
PE1
46
CR motor PH1
CR_PH1
OUT
PE0
47
CR motor PH2
CR_PH2
OUT
PD7
48
Slip PF motor I10
PF_I10
OUT
PD6
49
Slip PF motor I20
PF_I20
OUT
PD5
50
Slip PF motor I11
PF_I11
OUT
PD4
51
Slip PF motor I21
PF_I21
OUT
PD3
52
Slip PF motor PH1
PF_PH1
OUT
VDD3
53
Fixed power source
VCC
PD2
54
Slip PF motor PH2
PF_PH2
OUT
PD1
55
Slip PF motor HOLD
PF_HOLD
OUT
HOLD
PD0
56
DSW1-8
DSW1-8
IN
DSW-OFF
DSW-ON
VSS4
57
Fixed power source
GND
PI1/
58
Lever drive motor
(brake not required)
LEV_M1
OUT
Not
driven
Driven
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-59
Confidential
Table D-8 GA terminals and functions
Terminal
Name
Pin
No.
Description
Circuit Signal
Name
Spec.
Meaning
of H
Meaning
of L
PI0/
59
DSW2-4
DSW2-4
IN
DSW-OFF
DSW-ON
PE7
60
AC motor 1
AC_M1
OUT
PE6
61
AC motor 2
AC_M2
OUT
VDD4
62
Fixed power source
VCC
XOUT
63
Oscillator output
10.0 MHz
XIN
64
Oscillator input
10.0 MHz
VSS5
65
Fixed power source
GND
RESET
66
RESET input
RESET
PJ0
67
EJ-Memory ALE
EJ_ALE
PJ1
68
EJ-Memory CLE
EJ_CLE
PJ2
69
EJ-Memory R/B
EJ_R/B
TEST
70
GA test pin
GND
A7
71
Address-7
A7
A6
72
Address-6
A6
A5
73
Address-5
A5
A4
74
Address-4
A4
A3
75
Address-3
A3
A2
76
Address-2
A2
A1
77
Address-1
A1
VDD5
78
Fixed power source
VCC
A0
79
Address-0
A0
D7
80
Data-7
D7
D6
81
Data-6
D6
D5
82
Data-5
D5
D4
83
Data-4
D4
D3
84
Data-3
D3
D2
85
Data-2
D2
D1
86
Data-1
D1
D0
87
Data-0
D0
WR
88
Write
WRL
OUT
RD
89
Read
RD
IN
VSS6
90
Fixed power source
GND
OUTH
91
OUTH
OUTH
OUT
NC2
92
VSS
GND
IN
Appendix D-60 Product Overview
Always
"H" after
reset
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Table D-8 GA terminals and functions
Terminal
Name
Pin
No.
Description
Circuit Signal
Name
Spec.
Meaning
of H
Meaning
of L
GACS
93
GA CS
CS_GA
IN
Not
selected
GA
selected
PH5/STB1
94
Thermal head strobe-1
TH_STB1
OUT
Not
selected
Block 1
selected
PH4/STB2
95
Thermal head strobe-2
TH_STB2
OUT
Not
selected
Block 2
selected
PH3/DI1
96
Thermal head block-1 DATA
TH_D1
OUT
Printed
Not
printed
PH2/DI2
97
Thermal head block-2 DATA
TH_D2
OUT
Printed
Not
printed
VSS7
98
Fixed power source
GND
PH1/SCLK
99
Thermal head SCLK
H_SCLK
OUT
Data
input at
leading
edge
PH0/LAT
100
Thermal head DATA latch
TH_LAT
OUT
Retained
Latched
Reset Circuit
Stable operation of the CPU and GA requires a certain reset period immediately after power up.
All operations return to their initial status after the reset operation. The reset IC (U1) on this
printer monitors the logic power source (VCC, Standard output: +5V), and sets the reset signal
to LOW when the VCC is 4.2V or lower. The reset signal is restored from LOW to HIGH 50 ms
after the VCC exceeds 4.2V. The CPU and GA operate normally after reset.
The main specifications of the reset IC are shown below:
Table D-9 Reset IC specifications
Item
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Detection Voltage (V)
4.0
4.2
4.5
Hysteresis Voltage (mV)
30
50
100
Delay Time (ms)
30
50
75
M/R Terminal "H" Voltage (V)
2.0
-
-
Reset also can be performed by sending the reset signal from the host interface.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-61
Confidential
The host interface reset signal (DSR signal and pin 25 input signal) is connected through DSW
2-7 and 2-8. When the reset signal (LOW) is applied here, the printer is reset. In the reset status,
the CPU and GA are initialized, but the power remains on, and this status differs from when the
power is turned on again. It is necessary to keep this in mind. The reset circuit is shown below.
VCC
Q1
1
DA1
3
U1
DAP202
DTA114EK
1
2
3
5
M/R VCC
SUB
4
GND VOUT
PST596
R2
10K
2
DSW2-7
DSW2-8
C3
0.1uF
1
3
1
2
2
1
2
RESET
Figure D-62
Appendix D-62 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Slip Mechanism Drive Function
The main functions of the slip mechanism are described below:
❏ Impact head drive
❏ Carriage motor drive
❏ Paper feed motor drive
❏ Lever motor drive
❏ Lever drive
❏ MICR solenoid drive function (Fuctory option)
❏ MICR signal detection circuit (Fuctory option)
❏ Various detection circuits
Impact Head Drive
The impact head drive unit consists of the head solenoid drive and common drive. The head
drive circuit diagram is shown below.
VCC
COMMON (24V)
D6
4
SHEAD3
D7
1
QM2
2
3
4
1
3
4
3
1
QM3
4
D9
QM4
2
3
R45
6
1
5
2
4
3
HH3
HH1
HH7
1
2
1
2
1
2
R48
R47
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
10
SHEAD7
CN28
1
5
SHEAD1
1
4
D10
3
SHEAD8
5
1
R52
6
1
5
2
4
3
HH5
HH9
HH8
1
2
1
2
1
R54
2
R56
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
4
3
SHEAD6
QM6
8
QM7
2
D11
R61
6
1
5
2
4
3
HH6
HH4
1
2
1
2
1
2
EP_A
CR_HP
1
HH2
2
R63
5
SHEAD4
Q12
R65
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
HEAD #3
HEAD #1
HEAD #7
HEAD #5
HEAD COM(3,5,7)
THERM(10K)
THERM(103HT)
HEAD COM(1,2,9)
HEAD #9
HEAD COM(8,4,6)
HEAD #8
HEAD #6
HEAD #4
HEAD #2
E/P B
E/P C
E/P D
E/P E
E/P F
E/P G
E/P H
E/P COM
E/P COM
E/P COM
E/P A
HP_DET
CR_DET
VCC
GND
NC
1
1
3
Q13
EP_B
EP_C
EP_D
EP_E
EP_F
EP_G
EP_H
10
SHEAD9
QM5
2
1
5
SHEAD5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
SHEAD2 2
3
Figure D-63
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-63
Confidential
The SHEAD 1-9 signal lines (LOW active) are on the left side. These signals are directly driven
by the GA (directly connected to GA [U30]). Signals SHEAD 1-9 are input to the head drive
(QM3, 6, Q12: All NPN Darlington transistors) via the print driver (QM2, 4, 5, 7, Q13: All PNP
transistors). The driver is an NPN Darlington transistor. The driver is internally clamped at Vce
= 60V ±10V by an internal Zener. The driver performs logical calculation at hgf>1000, providing
adequate flow for one solenoid. To utilize the regenerative current of the head solenoid
effectively, the regenerative current when the GND ➝ COMMON is turned off by D6, D7 is
channeled to the solenoid. With this printer, the head drive signal is controlled by the GA, and
at the same time, the COMMON (24V power source voltage side) is chopped, enabling efficient
head drive. The chopping circuit is shown below:
R182
24VB
Q47
ZD1
HEADCOM1
D47
D48
10K
R37
D6
Q7
D7
Q14
Figure D-64
The HEADCOM1 common drive signal driven by GA (U30) drives the Q7 MOSFET. Since it is
necessary to drive Q7 at high speed (100 KHz or less), a speed-up circuit is added (Q47
periphery, pulls out electric gate load of Q7). The operating principle of the speed-up circuit is
not described here. The relationship of the HEADCOM1 signal and SHEAD signals are shown
below. The chopping cycle of the HEADCOM signal differs, depending on the voltage and
temperature, but is virtually the same as the waveform in the diagram.
Solenoid current
S H E A D 1 to 9
HEADCOM 1
Figure D-65
Appendix D-64 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Carriage Motor Drive Circuit
The carriage motor for this printer is two-phase stepping motor. Constant-current drive is
provided using 2-2 phase excitation as the drive method. Therefore, a dedicated constantcurrent drive chopping driver (U14, A2917SEB made by Alegrow) is used.
C34
R78
R81
C36
R83
CR_DA
CR_I20
CR_I21
CR_PH2
CR_ACR_A+
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
24VC
Q18
24VSW1
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
LOGIC SPLY
RC1
ENABLE1
PHASE1
VREF1
I11
I10
OUT1B
SENSE1
E1
OUT1A
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
RC2
ENABLE2
PHASE2
VREF2
I21
I20
LOAD SPLY
OUT2B
SENSE2
E2
OUT2A
C126
R97
U14
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
CR_ACR_A+
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
M
CR_B-
CR_B+
40
41
42
43
44
1
2
3
4
5
6
VCC-PWR
CR_BCR_B+
CR_PH1
CR_I11
CR_I10
R99
R100
C47
R101
C46
D14
D18
D15
D19
C48
C45
Figure D-66
Since the driver is of the constant-current type, the motor can be directly driven by setting the
peak current. The peak current is set as described below, using the logical level of terminal I0
and I1.
Table D-10 Logical level of terminal I0, I1 and output current
I0
I1
Output Current
L
L
VREF / (10 × Rs)
H
L
VREF / (15 × Rs)
L
H
VREF / (30 × Rs)
H
H
0
At this time, VREF uses the DA output of the CPU (U3), and is set to an arbitrary value (0 - VCC)
by firmware. RS is the resistance value (0.68 Ω) of R78 and R101. Accordingly, the current to the
motor is calculated by the logic level of I0, I1 (judged by VREF1, 2 terminal voltage).
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-65
Confidential
The drive signal to drive the phases is sent at the logical level of the PHASE1, 2 terminals. The
motor driver cannot operate unless signal 24VSW1 in the circuit diagram is set to HIGH
(controlled by the GA). When this signal is at a status other than HIGH, IC consumption is 0,
and no electricity goes to the motor.
Slip Paper Feed Motor Drive Circuit
The slip paper feed motor is two-phase stepping motor. The driving method is 1-2 phase
excitation during acceleration and deceleration, and constant-current drive is performed with
2-2 phase excitation. Therefore, a dedicated constant-current drive chopping driver (U17,
A2917SEB made by Alegrow) is used.
24VC
2
2
VCC
C50
470pF
1
C49
3300pF
R102
1
1W
1%
2
1
R103
75K
1
1
2
24VC
1
R104
2
1K
2
PF_I21
PF_PH2
8
C53
0.1uF
1
PF_A-
+
1
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
-
U16A
NJM2904M
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
DTC114EK
5
6
+
Q18
7
3
24VSW1 2
-
RC2
ENABLE2
PHASE2
VREF2
I21
I20
LOAD SPLY
OUT2B
SENSE2
E2
OUT2A
30K
1%
PF_HOLD 2
2
U16B
NJM2904M
1
2
DTC114EK
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
SLIP-PF
LOGIC SPLY
RC1
ENABLE1
PHASE1
VREF1
I11
I10
OUT1B
SENSE1
E1
OUT1A
1
3
R106
2
1
2
3
Q30
PF_A+
4
1
R105
68K
1%
M
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
PF_B-
PF_B+
VCC-PWR
40
41
42
43
44
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
R113
3.3K
U17
A2917SEB
2
PF_PH1
D26
EC10QS06
D27
EC10QS06
1
2
PF_I11
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1K
C57
3300pF
R119
1
1W
1%
D29
EC10QS06
D30
EC10QS06
2
1
C55
470pF
2
R118
75K
C54
6.3V
47uF
1
1
2
2
2
C56
0.1uF
N
1
1
P
R117
Figure D-67
The circuit configuration is the same as the carriage motor driver, but the current setting is fixed,
and is changed between two levels by the output (PF_HOLD) of the GA (U30) port. The current
calculation procedure is described below.
Current = VREF/(10 ✕ Rs)
RS: 1Ω
VREF: VCC or voltage obtained by voltage division ratio of R105 and R106.
As for the carriage motor drive circuit, the driver IC is operated by setting the 24VSW1 signal
HIGH.
Appendix D-66 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Lever Motor Drive Circuit
This printer has a DC type lever motor for the purpose described below.
❏ Adjustment of paper path changeover timing
❏ Adjustment of shaft rotation position
Rotation of the lever motor starts changeover of the paper path and the platen open/close
operation. An NPN Darlington transistor is used for lever motor drive. Due to the structure of
the lever motor, a brake circuit is not required. The lever motor is driven using the ELV_M1
output signal from the GA.
The lever motor rotates when LEV_M1 = LOW. The motor cannot be driven when the VCCPWR is not being supplied. Furthermore, the Q41 NPN Darlington transistor incorporates a CE
Zener to perform kickback protection.
CN30
24VC
LEV_MOT2
LEV_MOT1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
VCC-PWR
D32
D57
LEV_M1
R116
Q41
Q39
Figure D-68
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-67
Confidential
Lever Drive Circuit
This printer has two levers to drive the mechanism. The lever motor rotation enables lever A
and lever B to function. This controls the mechanism.
Lever A and lever B are solenoids driven by 24V. Simple drive of lever A and lever B is
performed by an NPN Darlington transistor. LEVER1 and LEVER2 are output signals from the
CPU.
•
Lever A: Driven by a LOW level of the LEVER1 signal
•
Lever B: Driven by a LOW level of the LEVER2 signal
CN30
24VC
VCC
D17
Q42
Q53
Q43
D44
LEVER2
D21
R174
LEVER-A
LEVER-B
R175
LEVER1
Q54
LEVER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Figure D-69
Appendix D-68 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
MICR Solenoid Drive Circuit (Fuctory option)
This printer can have an optional MICR mechanism. MICR reading is performed when a check
is inserted. The MICR solenoid is a locking solenoid that uses a permanent magnet, and
performs the following operations:
•
During Operation: Driven by 24V, held by permanent magnet
•
Reset Status: 13V applied in opposite direction of operation, releasing hold status
U15
24VC
C51
13V
I
G
O
C52
D54
R213
VCC
R214
U29
Q31
R107
Q28
Q32
Q33
D55
R110
R232
Q36
D25
QM8
D31
Q37
D56
R233
D28
R111
R112
CN27
M_SOL1
M_SOL2
1
2
D62
D63
MICR_SOL1
Q57
MICR_SOL2
Figure D-70
To control the MICR solenoid, it is necessary to apply two voltage levels (24V, 13V) in the
opposite directions. Therefore, the MICR solenoid has a complicated circuit configuration. The
MICR solenoid is driven by MICR_SOL1 and MICR_SOL2 (output signals from the CPU).
MICR_SOL1 determines the direction in which electricity is sent, and MICR_SOL2 drives the
MICR solenoid. The logic is described in the following table.
Table D-11 MICR_SOL1, 2, and MICR
MICR_SOL1
MICR_SOL2
MICR Solenoid Status
H
L
Drives MICR solenoid. Pulled to magnet side in this status.
L
L
Drives MICR solenoid. Status where it attempts to reset.
H
H
Not driven, regardless of MICR_SOL1 logic.
L
H
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-69
Confidential
The MICR solenoid is not driven when MICR_SOL2 is HIGH. MICR_SOL1 is the solenoid drive
signal. This is to prevent a short when the transistors go on at the same time.
The MICR solenoid drive circuit is shown below.
24V
13V
Q32
PNP
3
4
Q28
PNP
4
3
INV
INV
QM8(9)
NPN
3
4
1
2
QM8(7)
NPN
2
1
MICR_SOL1
INV
MICR_SOL2
Figure D-71
MICR reader operating principles (Fuctory option)
MICR stands for “magnetic ink character recognition.” Unlike conventional printing ink,
magnetic ink includes iron powder or some other magnetic element, which gives the ink itself
magnetic properties.
Application of a magnetic field on one side of characters printed in magnetic ink on a check
causes the characters to be magnetized, as shown in the illustration below.
S
S
N
S
S
S
N
S
S
S
N
N
N
S
N
N
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Figure D-72
Appendix D-70 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
The magnetic reader head recognizes the magnetized characters as shown below.
S S N N
S
N
S
N
I
V
Figure D-73
The voltage waveform output from the magnetic read head is different for each character,
making it possible to recognize each individual character.
0
1
Figure D-74
Detection Circuits
This printer has detection circuits for paper and various mechanisms. The detection functions
are described in the table below.
Table D-12 Detection circuits
Type of
Sensor
Detector
Function
TOF
Slip detection
Transparent
photo
Voltage drop of load resistor (R69) is read by AD port of CPU
BOF
Slip detection
Transparent
photo
Voltage drop of load resistor (R68) is read by AD port of CPU
Paper
ejection
Slip detection
Reflective
photo
Voltage drop of load resistor (R66) is read by AD port of CPU
Validation
Slip detection
Reflective
photo
Voltage drop of load resistor (R68) is read by AD port of CPU
Paper
Insertion
Paper roll
detection
Reflective
photo
Logical judgment of voltage drop of load resistor (R147)
Near Paper
End
Paper roll
detection
Microswitch
Logical judgment of switch status by the CPU port.
Voltage
Power source
voltage
Voltage
potential
divider
Potential divider ratio of 24V power source voltage 1/7.2 (R71,
R76) is read by the AD port of the CPU
Rev. A
Circuit
Product Overview Appendix D-71
Confidential
Table D-12 Detection circuits
Type of
Sensor
Detector
Function
Impact Head
Temperature
Head
temperature
Thermistor
VCC potential voltage ratio of thermistor resistance value and
R72 is read by the AD port of the CPU
Thermal Head
Temperature
Head
temperature
Thermistor
VCC potential voltage ratio of thermistor resistance value and
R126 is read by the AD port of the CPU
Carriage
Motor
Step-Out
Mechanism
Transparent
photo
Base of Q50 is driven by voltage drop of load resistor (R90);
phase data with no delay is taken out; and logical judgment is
performed by the GA port
Home
Position
Mechanism
Photo IC
Logical judgment of photo IC output is performed by the GA
port.
Lever Timing
Detector
Mechanism
Photo IC
Logical judgment of photo IC output is performed by the GA
port.
Front Cover
Case
Transparent
photo
Logical judgment of load resistor (R88) voltage drop is
performed by GA port.
Rear Cover
Case
Transparent
photo
This signal is used for thermal unit sensor, for the TM-H6000.
Rear Cover
TM-H6000
Case
Photo IC
Logical judgment of photo IC output is performed by the GA
port.
EP Timing
Pulse
EP unit
Tacho-gene
Waveform shaping (Q19) of sine wave output, and processing
by the CPU interrupt port with hysteresis (U28)
EP Reset
EP unit
Read switch
Logical judgment of the GA port with time constant.
DIPSW
Pull-up by resistor group (RM1, 2, 3, 4). Reading "L" is performed
at On. Logical judgment is performed by the CPU, GA.
DIPSW
Appendix D-72 Product Overview
Circuit
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Thermal Mechanism Drive Circuits
Paper Feed Motor Drive Circuit
The paper feed motor drive circuit drives the thermal receipt feed motor, a 2-phase stepping
motor. The motor is driven with 2-2 phase excitation at a constant current (partial 1-2 phase
excitation). Therefore, a dedicated driver IC is used for the drive.
24VA
WIRE LAND
A1
A2
U18
D33
O
D34
G
I
C65
VCC-PWR2
D35
J5
C64
D37
C63
J1
U19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
THPF_I02
THPF_I12
THPF_PH2
THPF_I02
THPF_I12
THPF_PH2
C71
C70
THPF_DA
THPF_PH1
THPF_I11
THPF_I01
THPF_DA
THPF_PH1
THPF_I11
THPF_I01
I02
I12
PHASE2
VREF2
RC2
G
G
VCC
RC1
VREF1
PHASE1
I11
VBB
OUT2B
SENSE2
E2
OUT2A
G
G
OUT1A
E1
SENSE1
OUT1B
I01
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
PH_A+
PH_A-
PH_B+
M
PH_B-
R136
R137
C74
R138
C75
R139
R141
C77
R142
C78
Figure D-75
When the 24VSW2 GA output terminal goes HIGH, 24VA and VCC-PWR2 are supplied,
enabling the driver IC for the paper feed motor to operate. The current can be set at the logic
level described in the table below in this status. Firmware-based DA output of the CPU is used
to set the current (VREF1, 2 terminal voltage).
The VREF is set by firmware (range: 0 - VCC) to control the current. Constant current operation
is controlled at that current setting. The logic level of PH1, 2 phase data is changed to drive the
circuit.
Table D-13 Output current
I0
I1
Output Current
L
L
VREF / (10 × Rs)
H
L
VREF / (15 × Rs)
L
H
VREF / (25 × Rs)
H
H
0
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-73
Confidential
Thermal Head Drive Circuit
Printing is performed by applying voltage to the heating element resistor in the thermal head.
The GA (U30) controls all data transfers to the thermal head, and also controls the energizing
pulse. Firmware gives instructions to the GA, but data transfers and drive pulses are performed
automatically by the GA. Due to the circuit configuration, the six signal lines on the left side (all
controlled by GA) perform data transfers.
VCC
R121
R122
R120
L4
TH_STB1
TH_STB2
TH_LAT
R123
L5
R124
L6
R125
24VA
C60
L7
D36
L8
R126
CN22
VH
VH
VH
/LAT
VDD
/STB1
TM1
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
TM2
/STB2
CLK
DI2
DI1
VH_1
VH_1
VH_1
C66
C61
R127
TH_THERM
VCC
R128
C67
C69
D38
C68
VCC
C73
R129
R130
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
C72
C58
C59
R131
TH_D1
TH_D2
VCC
R132
L9
R135
TH_SCLK
U20
1
2
3
4
R140
R134
8
7
6
5
C76
L10
R143
C79
C80
C81
U21
1
1
1
2
2
R145
2
2
L11
C82
C83
C84
Figure D-76
Appendix D-74 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Autocutter Drive Circuit
The autocutter uses a DC motor driven by a dedicated DC motor driver (Toshiba TA8248K).
The autocutter is controlled by output signals AC_M1, AC_M2 from the GA (U30).
CN7
1
2
3
4
CN23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
24VB
D2
Q5
D3
IN1
IN2
C9
AC_M1
AC_M2
R27
VM
OUTA
OUTA
GND
VCC
R35
R32
AC_RESET
R34
C15
R33
Figure D-77
Table D-14 AC_M1, AC_M2, and driver operation
AC_M1
AC_M2
Operation
L
L
Off
H
L
Clockwise
L
H
Counterclockwise
H
H
Brake
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-75
Confidential
E/P Drive Functions (Fuctory option)
E/P Shuttle Head Drive Circuit
The output drive signal from the GA (U30) is shared by the impact head drive signal and E/P
shuttle head drive signal. The destination of the output drive signal from the GA (U30) is
changed over by the head common signal (HEADCOM2). 6.5V (typ.) is used as the E/P shuttle
head drive voltage. The HEADCOM2 signal operates the Q8 MOSFET, changing the destination
of the output drive signal. The power source voltage of 6.5V (7V in circuit diagram) is not
supplied unless the E/P power source described later goes ON.
7V
B1 B2
7V_1
WIRE LAND
Q15
R186
R183
HEADCOM2
Q8
VCC
QM2
QM10
R188
SHEAD3
HH5
EP_E
HH7
EP_G
SHEAD1
D9
R187
HH1
HH3
EP_A
R185
HH3
HH1
CN28
EP_C
R184
QM4
QM11
HH7
SHEAD7
HH2
SHEAD5
4
D10
HH4
HH5
QM5
R192
R191
HH6
R190
EP_F
HH8
R189
EP_H
HH8
EP_B
EP_C
EP_D
EP_E
EP_F
EP_G
EP_H
HH6
EP_A
SHEAD9
SHEAD8
QM7
SHEAD6
D11
HH4
SHEAD4
EP_B
EP_D
HH2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
HEAD #3
HEAD #1
HEAD #7
HEAD #5
HEAD COM(3,5,7)
THERM(10K)
THERM(103HT)
HEAD COM(1,2,9)
HEAD #9
HEAD COM(8,4,6)
HEAD #8
HEAD #6
HEAD #4
HEAD #2
E/P B
E/P C
E/P D
E/P E
E/P F
E/P G
E/P H
E/P COM
E/P COM
E/P COM
E/P A
HP_DET
CR_DET
VCC
GND
NC
Q13
SHEAD2
Figure D-78
Appendix D-76 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
E/P Timing Motor Drive Circuit
The timing motor is a device used to determine the timing at which the head is energized. The
E/P solenoid drive voltage and common side voltage are used as the timing motor drive
voltages. The reason for this configuration is to make the motor voltage equal to the head
voltage. The E/P motor drive signal is output from the CPU (U3).
7V
CN28
B1 B2
7V_1
WIRE LAND
Q15
R186
R183
HEADCOM2
Q8
EP_B
EP_C
EP_D
EP_E
EP_F
EP_G
EP_H
EP_A
F4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
HEAD #3
HEAD #1
HEAD #7
HEAD #5
HEAD COM(3,5,7)
THERM(10K)
THERM(103HT)
HEAD COM(1,2,9)
HEAD #9
HEAD COM(8,4,6)
HEAD #8
HEAD #6
HEAD #4
HEAD #2
E/P B
E/P C
E/P D
E/P E
E/P F
E/P G
E/P H
E/P COM
E/P COM
E/P COM
E/P A
HP_DET
CR_DET
VCC
GND
NC
CN30
D49
EP_MOT1
Q21
R95
Q20
EP_MOTOR2
VCC
EP_MOT2
R98
EP_MOTOR1
D69
Q25
Q23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CR A
CR B
CR C
CR D
VCC-CHO
GND-CHO
BOF
TOF
HAISHUTU
VARI
PAPER
F_COV
R_COV
LEV_DET
E/P_TP
E/P_TP
PF_A
PF_B
PF_C
PF_D
J/S1
J/S2
E/P_RES
E/P_MOTE/P_MOT+
+24V
LEVER_A
LEVER_B
LEV_MOT2
LEV_MOT1
Figure D-79
Table D-15 E/P motor drive
EP_MOTOR1
EP_MOTOR2
Operation
L
L
Rotation of motor
H
L
Off
L
H
Shorted, may result in fusing of F4 if left in this status
H
H
Brake
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-77
Confidential
Input Circuits
Logic Power Source Circuit
The logic power source circuit generates the power for this printer. The CPU, GA, and most
other circuits do not operate if voltage is not output by the logic power source circuit. The
power source circuit has an input of 24V, and uses a dedicated DC/DC converter IC (U11:
PQ1CZ1) to output 5V ± 4%.
AVCC
VCC
L2
L1
ZD3
D13
U11
1
2
3
4
5
C38
VIN
VOUT
COM
ADJ
ON/OFF
R82
G
C35
6
PQ1CZ1
R85
C37
24VB
R3
CY1
R253
C155
Figure D-80
Table D-16 Power source specifications
Item
Min.
Typ.
Output Voltage (V)
4.85
5.04
5.24
Output Current (A)
-
-
1.0
Input Voltage (V)
21.6
24
26.4
Over-Current
Protection (A)
1.55
2
2.6
Over-Voltage
Protection (V)
7.5
Max.
Remarks
L2, D13, C35 not provided. The peak current
is detected, and detected voltage is
lowered. Automatic reset.
CY1 goes On after detection, and R3 burns
out. Does not reset.
The output voltage is determined by the potential division of R82 and R85. In other words, the
circuit operates so that the crossover voltage of R82 and R85 is 1.26 V.
The input voltage of 24V for the power supply circuit is supplied to U11 through the R2 fuse
resistor (KOA RF73B2HTE0.51). R3 may burn out in the event of a malfunction in the U11 area.
R3 will also burn out in the event of excessive VCC voltage (Approx. 7.5 V or more). This fuse
resistor cannot be replaced. Therefore, the circuit cannot be repaired by replacing the R3 in the
event it has burned out due to a circuit malfunction.
Appendix D-78 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
E/P Power Source Circuit (Fuctory option)
The printer has this circuit when it is equipped with the E/P shuttle option. The E/P power
source circuit provides the power source voltage for the E/P shuttle head and timing motor
drive. The circuit is comprised of a simple step-down DC/DC converter, which uses a
switching regulator IC (U27, Hitachi, HA16114).
VIN
R215
R216
Q56
C132
C142
C133
L13
VOUT
R217
PGIN
R218
C135
R219
C136
D59
D60
C137
R220
ZD2
ON/OFF
R223
Q63
C138
SHUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C139
U27
GND VREF
/SYNC ADJ
DB
RT
CT ON/OFF
TM
INCLE/O
VIN
IN+
P.GND OUT
R222
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
ZD4
R221
R224
C141
R225
R226
C140
PGOUT
Figure D-81
The power source specifications are shown below.
Table D-17 E/P power source specifications
Item
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Remarks
Output Voltage (V)
6.24
6.5
6.76
Output precision: ± 4%
Input Voltage (V)
21.6
24
26.4
Output Current (A)
4
-
-
Peak Output (A)
8
-
-
1 ms pulse 50% duty
Over-Current Protection
(A)
-
7.8
-
Detection setting. Time
constant is used for detection.
Intermittent oscillation is
performed after detection.
Over-Voltage Protection
(V)
7.5
A63 goes On after detection,
triggering a hardware error.
To drive the E/P power source circuit, the firmware sends instructions to the GA to activate
24VSW2, causing 24V input to be supplied. The E/P power source is started when the CPU
output port (EP_ON) goes to the LOW status.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-79
Confidential
Rush Current Control Circuit
The rush current control circuit controls rush current when the power source is turned on. This
printer has large-capacity condensers to facilitate stable operation of mechanism drivers and
circuits. Therefore, an excess of rush current is generated when the power is turned on. This
circuit controls the rush current.
The CN18 external power source is connected to the CN19 switch. Q61 is Off when the switch is
turned On. Accordingly, the current that flows when the switch is turned on is supplied to the
respective parts via the power thermistor (TH1). The power thermistor controls the input
current with an in-line resistor (room temperature: 2.2 Ω). When the printer circuit begins to
operate, GA (U30) output OUTH is HIGH, and Q61 goes On. This bypasses TH1.
The OUTH signal is connected to the RESET signal internally by the GA, causing TH1 to be
bypassed when RESET is HIGH.
The power thermistor (TH1) has high resistance at room temperature, but the resistance value
decreases with heat generated by current flow. The power thermistor immediately begins to
heat up when 24V is turned on, but cools down when it is bypassed at the time the circuit begins
to operate, regaining its high resistance. Accordingly, it controls the rush current when the
power source is turned on again.
SIN2-1
1
2
24VB
CN29
F1
TH1
L3
C42
1
2
3
SH
CN18
C43
C44
Q61
PIN1
MIN1
C40
R244
D16
C41
R245
OUTH
D70
Q62
Figure D-82
Appendix D-80 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Switch Circuit
The 24V supplied from the external power source is supplied to the required locations in this
circuit. The supply power source and application are described below. The 5V system has the
same type of switch, which is also turned on and off to configure it at the same time. The circuit
is configured with a MOSFET semiconductor switch. Q44 is a 2-element MOSFET that turns the
VCC_PRW and VCC_SEN on and off.
Table D-18 Switch circuit
Type (circuit
network name)
Switch
(On/Off)
24VA
Control
Application
24VSW2
Turned on and off by Q17
GA (U30)
Thermal system power source (thermal head, paper
feed motor)
24VB
OUTH
GA (U30)
Impact head drive power source, autocutter drive
power source, MICR read circuit power source. Supplied
via TH1 when other than OUTH = HIGH status. Can only
be turned off with power switch.
24VC
24VSW1
Turned on and off by Q45
GA (U30)
Slip mechanism power source.
24V(DM)
None
None
DM power source, DK power source.
VCC
None
None
Started after power switch is turned on.
VCC-PWR
24VSW1
Turned on and off by Q44
GA (U30)
5V used by slip mechanism.
VCC-PWR2
24VSW2
Turned on and off by Q59
GA (U30)
5V for thermal system (thermal head, paper feed motor).
VCC_SEN
SEN_PWR
Turned on and off by Q44
CPU (U3)
Power source for slip system paper detection sensor.
VCC
SEN_PWR
R207
Q44
VCC-PWR
S1
D1
G1 D1A
S2 D2A
G2
D2
R208
VCC_SEN
24VSW1
SIN2-1
24V(DM)
VCC
F3
Q51
Q59
24VB
CN29
SIN2-1
1
2
D1
D2
G
D4
D3
S
VCC-PWR2
24VA
TH1
Q17
F1
L3
R243
Q60
CN18
1
2
3
SH
C42
C43
C44
Q61
PIN1
R96
R244
D16
C40
R94
Q24
MIN1
C41
D22
24VSW2
FG
24VC
Q45
F2
R176
Q46
R177
D45
24VSW1
Figure D-83
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-81
Confidential
Control Panel Functions
This printer has four LEDs and two input switches.
Display Functions
The LED displays are shown below. The CPU (U3) controls them.
Table D-19 Types of displays
Circuit Signal
Color
Application
LED_POWER
Green
Lights during normal operation
LED_ERROR
Red
Indicates printer error
LED_PAPER
Red
Indicates printer paper status
LED_SLIP
Green
Indicates slip selection
The circuit configuration is shown below. All lamps turn on when the signal outputs the HIGH
status.
Q3
R178
VCC
LED_SLIP
CN6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R179
LED_PAPER
Q4
R181
LED_ERROR
VCC
Q6
R180
R28
R29
R30
LED_POWER
Q58
R31
SW_SLIP
SW_RPT
C14
C13
Figure D-84
Types of Switches
The printer has two switches. As shown by the circuit for the display functions in the previous
section, input is enabled by two signals (SW_SLIP, SW_RPT). LOW status is input when the
panel switch is pressed. HIGH is input when the switch is not pressed.
Appendix D-82 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Malfunction Protective Circuit
This printer has the following three malfunction protection functions:
❏ GA operation monitor
The CPU (U3) monitors GA clock oscillation. The CPU firmware reads a specific GA register at
an arbitrary time, and compares that value with the value previously read. If the results of the
comparison are different, the system is judged to be operating normally. The GA changes the
register value using clock oscillation. Therefore, if it is operating normally, the register value
continuously changes.
❏ CPU operation monitor
CPU runaway causes a WDT (watch dog timer) overflow, resulting in output of LOW status
from the CPU WDT output terminal. This is connected to the GA TIMI input terminal, and
when the GA detects the LOW status for a certain time, it goes to the reset status and is not
restored.
❏ Mechanism malfunction monitor
When the thermal head becomes abnormally hot, the GA TIMI input terminal goes LOW, and
the GA is reset and is not restored. The firmware judges this as a GA malfunction, and processes
it as an unrecoverable error.
GA TIMI input terminal also goes LOW when the impact head becomes abnormally hot, causing
the GA to go to the reset status, which will not be restored. The firmware judges this as a GA
malfunction, and processes it as an unrecoverable error.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-83
Confidential
Interfaces
This printer has a variety of interfaces. There is a dedicated connector (CNB) for the EPSON
customer display. A general-purpose drawer can be connected to CN9 and used. The optional
interface board allows communication with more interfaces.
Interface Boards
This printer can accommodate an exchangeable interface board. The following types of interface
boards can be installed. As new interfaces are developed, they may become available for this
printer.
❏ UB-S01 (RS-232C interface)
❏ UB-S02 (RS-485 interface)
❏ UB-P02 (IEEE-1284 interface)
DM
The EPSON DM series customer display can be connected to CN8. However, the DM can only
operate with CN8 when the UB-S01 serial interface is used.
The UB-U01 interface board has a dedicated DM connector that can be used.
DKD
A general-purpose drawer can be used.
Important Parts
Jumpers
Jumpers A1 and A2 are required only for models with a thermal unit. They serve as the power
lines for the thermal paper feed motor and for energizing of the thermal head.
Jumpers B1 and B2 are required only for models with an E/P unit, and serve as the E/P power
lines.
Appendix D-84 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Fuses
Table D-20 Fuses
Fuse
Function
Standard
Fuse F1
Main fuse, provided for safety purposes. Fuse may burn out
when input circuit is unsafe.
Make sure to use the same type of fuse when it is replaced.
Replace the fuse after eliminating the cause of the burn out.
Burn out may lead to a malfunction.
R452003 Littelfuse Inc
Fuse F2
Used to protect against unsafe circuit elements. It will burn out in
the event of a circuit board problem. The problem cannot be
corrected by replacing the fuse.
It may burn out due to an unsafe 24VC line. Replace the fuse
after eliminating the cause of the burn out. Burn out may lead to
a malfunction.
R451002 Littelfuse Inc
Fuse F3
Fuse provided for safety standard compliance. Does not relate
to operation. Will burn out for short of power line after DM
connection.
SSFR-S2.0A-F002 SOC CO Ltd
Fuse F4
Used to protect against unsafe circuit elements. It will burn out in
the event of a circuit board problem. The problem cannot be
corrected by replacing the fuse.
It may burn out due to an EP unit problem. Replace the fuse
after eliminating the cause of the burn out. Burn out may lead to
a malfunction.
ICP-S1.0 ROHM ELECTRONICS
Fuse R3
Used as safety protection for the logic power source circuit. It
may burn out due to a logic power circuit problem or excessive
VCC voltage. Replace the fuse after eliminating the cause of
the burn out. Burn out may lead to a malfunction.
RF73B2HTD0.51OHMJ KOA Corp.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-85
Confidential
DIP Switch Settings
Serial Interface Specifications
There are two DIP switches, DIP switch 1 and DIP switch 2, which have different functions.
DIP Switch 1
Table D-21 DIP switch 1 settings
Switch No.
Function
ON
OFF
1
Data receive error
Ignored
"?" printed
2
Receive buffer capacity
45 bytes
4 KB
3
Handshake
XON/XOFF
DTR/DSR
4
Bit length
7 bits
8 bits
5
Parity check
Yes
No
6
Parity selection
Even
Odd
7
Baud rate selection
See table below
8
Table D-22 Baud rate selection
Transfer Rate
Switch No.
[BPS]
7
8
4800
ON
ON
9600
OFF
ON
19200
ON
OFF
38400
OFF
OFF
BPS: Bits Per Second
Appendix D-86 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
DIP Switch 2
Table D-23 DIP switch 2 settings
Switch No.
Function
ON
OFF
1
Handshake operation (BUSY condition)
Receive buffer full
Offline or receive buffer full
2
Customer display (DM-D) connection
Connected
Not connected
3
Printing density selection
See table below
4
5
Used internally
Fixed at OFF
6
Used internally
Fixed at OFF
7
Pin 6 reset signal
Used
Not used
8
Pin 25 reset signal
Used
Not used
Table D-24 Function of DIP switchs 2-3, 2-4
Level
Printing Density
Switch No.
3
4
ON
ON
2
OFF
OFF
3
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
1
4
Low printing density
High printing density
When interface pin 6 is used as the reset signal, the printer goes to the reset status when the RS232C level goes to the MARK status. When interface pin 25 is used as the reset signal, the printer
is reset when the RS-232C level and SPACE TTL level go HIGH.
• The DIP switch settings other than 2-7 and 2-8 are only valid when the power is turned on and
when the interface is reset. After this, changing a setting does not change the function.
Turning DIP switch 2-7 or 2-8 On while the power is on will cause the printer to be reset, due to
the signal line status. Therefore, it is recommended that these switches are not operated while
the power is on.
• Setting the print density to level 3 or level 4 has a tendency to reduce the print speed.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-87
Confidential
Parallel Interface Specifications
There are two DIP switches, DIP switch 1 and DIP switch 2, which have different functions.
DIP Switch 1
Table D-25 DIP switch 1 settings
Switch No.
Function
ON
OFF
1
Auto carriage return
Always valid
Always void
2
Receive buffer capacity
45 bytes
4 KB
3
Reserved
Fixed at OFF
4
″
″
5
″
″
6
″
″
7
″
″
8
″
″
Appendix D-88 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
DIP Switch 2
Table D-26 DIP switch 2 settings
Switch No.
Function
ON
OFF
1
Handshake operation (BUSY condition)
Receive buffer full
Off line or receive buffer
full
2
Reserved (do not change setting)
Fixed at OFF
3
Printing density selection
See table below
5
Used internally
Fixed at OFF
6
Used internally
Fixed at OFF
7
Reserved (only serial I/F)
Fixed at OFF
8
Pin 31 reset signal (do not change setting)
Fixed at ON
4
Table D-27 Function of DIP switchs 2-3, 2-4
Switch No.
Level
Printing Density
3
4
ON
ON
2
OFF
OFF
3
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
1
4
Low printing density
High printing density
❏ DIP switch settings other than 2-8 are only valid when the power is turned on and when the
interface is reset. After this, changing a setting does not change the function.
❏ Turning DIP switch 2-8 On while the power is on will cause the printer to be reset due to the
signal line status. Therefore, it is recommended that this switch is not operated while the
power is on.
❏ Setting the print density to level 3 or level 4 has a tendency to reduce the print speed.
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-89
Confidential
Self Test
The self-test confirms the following items:
❏ Functioning of control circuit
❏ Functioning of printer mechanism
❏ Print quality
❏ Control software version
❏ DIP switch settings
Refer to Troubleshooting in Chapter 1 for details.
Appendix D-90 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Outline of Specifications
Features
This is a high-quality POS printer that prints receipts (from paper roll) and slips in one unit. It
has the following features:
❏ Slip Unit
•
Availability of MICR and E/P (endorsement printer) units (both factory options) enables
automatic MICR reading of checks, endorsement printing, and printing on front in a
single-pass, high-speed verification process.
•
Performs single-pass, high-speed processing of checks after the operator simply inserts
the check, and easy to operate.
•
Achieves high throughput by bidirectional printing and movement on a line only as far
as necessary.
•
A mechanism form stopper ensures consistent placement of slips.
•
Performs printing in desired format in page mode.
❏ Receipt Unit
•
Highest printing speed in industry enables batch receipt printing
•
High-speed graphic printing capability
•
Standard autocutter minimizes operator work load
•
Drop in loading of paper rolls
❏ Overall
Rev. A
•
Sleek design, compact size
•
Can connect to customer display (DM-D***) (serial interface model only)
•
Command system complies with ESC/POS
•
ASB (Automatic Status Back) function automatically sends changes in printer status
•
Receive buffer of 45 or 4KB
•
Non volatile (NV) bit image storage area of 384 KB (can be changed by user command)
•
User NV memory area of 1 KB (can be changed by user command)
•
Counter function simplifies remote maintenance
•
Supports various interfaces (RS-232, bidirectional parallel)
Product Overview Appendix D-91
Confidential
Slip Unit
Printing Specifications
❏ Printing method
Serial impact dot matrix
❏ Head wire arrangement
9 x 1 row, wire pitch of 0.353 mm (1/72 inch)
❏ Printing direction
Bidirectional printing at shortest distance
❏ Print speed
Approx. 5.14 LPS (For 40 digits, 17.8 CPI printing: normal
mode)
(LPS: Lines Per Second; CPI: Characters Per Inch)
❏ Printed lines/character spacing
(See Table D-29.)
Character Specifications
❏ Type of characters
Table D-28 Type of characters
Type of Characters
Number of Characters
Alphanumeric
95
Expansion Graphics
128 characters x 12 pages (including blank pages)
International Characters
37
❏ Character Configuration
Font A 5 ✕ 9 (270 dots in horizontal direction)
Font B 7 ✕ 9 (540 dots in horizontal direction)
❏ Character Dimensions
Defaults Font A
Table D-29 Character dimensions, printed digits, characters per inch
Character
Configuration
WxH
Character
Dimensions
W x H (mm)
Dot Spacing
Between
Characters
Printed Digits
(CPL)
Characters Per
Inch (CPI)
Font A
5×9
1.56 × 3.1
1 dot
45
13.3
Font B
7×9
1.24 × 3.1
2 half dots
60
17.8
Appendix D-92 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Paper Specifications
Single sheet
❏ Type of paper
Plain paper, pressure-sensitive paper, carbon copy paper
❏ Paper dimensions
70 - 148 mm (W) ✕ 150 - 210 mm (L)
(2.76 - 5.83″ (W) ✕ 5.91 - 8.27″ (L))
❏ One page (no copy)
•
Paper thickness
0.09 mm - 0.2 mm
❏ Copy paper (When copy paper is used, there should be no more than four sheets.)
The paper thickness and copy capacity are shown in the table below. The copy capacity is
influenced by the ambient temperature. Therefore, make sure to use the unit at the indicated
guaranteed temperature.
Table D-30 Copy paper thickness
Type
Paper Thickness
Thick Paper
0.07 mm  0.12 mm
Copy, Original
0.04 mm  0.07 mm
Carbon Paper
Approx. 0.035 mm
Total Thickness
0.09 mm  0.31 mm
Table D-31 Copy capacity
Number of Copies
Guaranteed Temperature
Original + 3 copies
10°C  40°C
Original + 1 copy
5°C  45°C
Ribbon Cassette
Use the following dedicated ribbon cassette (for slips)
Table D-32 Dedicated ribbon cassette
Item
Specifications
Model
ERC-32(P)
Color
Purple
Ribbon Life
6 million characters (continuous
printing at 25°C)
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-93
Confidential
E/P Endorsement Printer (Factory Option)
The E/P (endorsement printer) automatically performs the following sequence of operations for
checks: MICR reading, endorsement printing, printing on front.
Printing Specifications
❏ Printing method
Shuttle impact dot matrix
❏ Head wire arrangement
8 horizontal ✕ 1 row
❏ Printing speed
Approx. 1.9 LPS
❏ Printed digits
40 digits
Character Specifications
❏ Character type
Table D-33 Type of characters
Type of Characters
Number of Characters
Alphanumeric Characters
95
Expansion Graphics
128 characters x 11 pages
(including blank pages)
International Characters
37
❏ Character configuration
5 ✕ 7 font (240 total horizontal dots)
Paper Specifications
❏ Single sheet
Table D-34 Single sheet paper
Item
Specifications
Type of Paper
Plain paper
Paper Dimensions
70 - 148 mm (W) ✕ 150 - 210 mm (L)
Paper Thickness
(one sheet)
0.09 mm - 0.2 mm
Printing Range
Eight printing solenoids (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H) are lined up in the print head.
Printing is performed by energizing the print solenoids while moving the print head from the
standby position 30 dots to the right, printing one line. A total of 240 dots are printed per line
(30 dots ✕ 8 solenoids).
Appendix D-94 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Ribbon Cassette
❏ Dedicated ribbon cassette (for E/P)
Table D-35 Dedicated ribbon cassette (for E/P)
Item
Specifications
Model
ERC-41 (p)
Color
Purple
Ribbon Life
1 million characters (25°C (77°F), continuous printing)
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-95
Confidential
Receipt Unit
Printing Specifications
❏ Printing method
Thermal line
❏ Dot density
180 dpi ✕ 180 dpi (dots per 25.4 mm)
❏ Print direction
Uni-directional friction feed
❏ Printing width
72 mm, 512 dot positions
❏ Printed digits
Font A: 42 digits
Font B: 56 digits
❏ Space between characters
Font A: 0.28 mm (2 dots)
Font B: 0.28 mm (2 dots)
Can be set by command
❏ Printing speed
Max. 44 LPS. (1/8 inch conversion)
(at 24V, 31°C, density level 2)
Max. 140 mm/sec (approx. 5.5 inches/sec)
Automatically changed over, depending on voltage
received by printer and head temperature conditions.
❏ Paper feed rate
Approx. 140 mm/sec (approx. 5.5 inches/sec) (for
continuous paper feed)
❏ Carriage return
4.23 mm (1/6 inch) (default)
Can be set by command
Character Specifications
❏ Character type
Table D-36 Type of characters
Characters
Specifications
Alphanumeric Characters
95
Expansion Graphics
128 ✕ 11 pages (including blank page)
International Characters
37
❏ Character configuration
Table D-37 Character configuration
Font
Specifications
Font A
12 ✕ 24 (including 2 dot spaces [W])
Font B
9 ✕ 17 (including 2 dot spaces [W])
Appendix D-96 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
❏ Character size
Table D-38 Character size
Standard
Double Vertical
Double Horizontal
Four Times Standard
W×H(mm)
Digits
W×H(mm)
Digits
W×H(mm)
Digits
W×H(mm)
Digits
Font A (12×24)
1.41×3.39
42
1.41×6.77
42
2.82×3.39
21
2.82×6.77
21
Font B (9×17)
0.99×2.40
56
0.99×4.80
56
1.98×2.40
28
1.98×4.80
28
Note:
Does not include spaces between characters
Standard dimensions can be enlarged up to 64 times
Autocutter
❏ Partial cut
Paper left hanging
Note:
Paper is left hanging by approximately 1 mm (14/360 inches) after the cut operation.
When the paper is fed and the autocut operation is performed from the stopped status, the paper should be
fed 40 mm or more.
Paper Roll Supply
❏ Supply method
Drop in paper roll
❏ Near end detector
Table D-39 Near End detector specifications
Item
Specifications
(a) Detection Method
Detection by micro switch
(b) Paper Roll Core Diameter
Inner diameter: 12 mm (0.47″)
Outer diameter: 18 mm (0.71″)
(c) Remaining Amount
Adjustment Mechanism
By adjustment screw
(d) Remaining Amount
Fixed position #1 (Approx. 23 mm)
#2 (Approx. 27 mm)
❏ Paper roll end detection
Detected by reflected light sensor
Note:
A printing stop can be selected by command upon detection of a near end.
Paper Specifications
❏ Type of paper
Designated pressure sensitive paper
❏ Form
Roll
Rev. A
Product Overview Appendix D-97
Confidential
79.5 mm ± 0.5 mm
❏ Paper width
❏ Outer dimensions
Table D-40 Outer dimensions
Item
Specifications
Diameter
Max. φ 83 mm
Width/Wind Up Dimension
80 + 0.5 / - 1.0 mm
❏ Designated paper :pressure-sensitive paper. Paper type NTP080-080 or TF50KS-E
Table D-41 Designated paper specifications
Country
Manufacturer
Japan
NAKAGAWA MFG. LTD.
North America
NAKAGAWA MFG (USA). Inc.
Europe
NAKAGAWA MFG (EUROPE). Gmbh.
Southeast Asia
N.A.K. MFG (MALAYSIA). SDN.BHD.
Note:
The following pressure-sensitive paper (base paper) can be used instead of the designated paper:
Table D-42 Pressure-sensitive paper can be used instead of designated paper
Paper Type No.
Manufacturer
PD160R
Shin Oji Paper Ltd.
AF50KS-E
Jujo Thermal Oy (Finland)
P350 (F380), P310, P300
Kanzaki Specialty Papers (USA)
However, we recommend that you set density specifying DIP switches to the following settings according
to the type of paper you use. (Density Level at Shipment:2)
Table D-43 DIP switch settings for Pressure-sensitive paper can be used instead of designated
paper
Paper type
DIP SW2
Density Level
3
4
P350 (F380)
ON
ON
1
PD160R, AF50KS-E, P310, P300
OFF
OFF
2
❏ Paper Roll Core
Inner diameter: 12 mm
Outer diameter: 18 mm
Note:
Do not use paper rolls where the paper is glued to the core.
Appendix D-98 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
MICR Reader (Factory Option)
Reading Method
Permanent magnet recognition
Recognition Ratio
98% or more (at 25°C)
•
Rev. A
Standard evaluation checks made by EPSON were used for testing purposes.
Product Overview Appendix D-99
Confidential
Overall Specifications
Internal Buffer
Table D-44 Internal buffer capacity
Buffer
Capacity
Receive buffer
45 bytes or 4KB, selected by DIP switch
Download buffer
(For download characters/download bit
images)
For receipts: 12KB
For slips: Approx. 3KB
Macro buffer
2KB
NV bit image storage area
384KB
User NV memory
1KB
Electrical Specifications
+24 VDC ± 10% (Optional power source: PS-170)
Ripple voltage 300 m Vpp or less (when equipped with
MICR)
❏ Operating voltage
❏ Current consumption (at 24V, excluding drawer kick drive)
Table D-45 Current consumption
Mode
Operation
Current Consumption
Slips
Receipts
Standby
Average:
Approx. 1.7 A (printing of all font A (alphanumeric digits)
Peak:
Approx. 5.5 A
Average:
Approx. 1.8 A (printing of all font A (alphanumeric digits)
Peak:
Approx. 7.7 A
Average:
Approx. 0.2 A
Environmental Specifications
❏ Temperature
Operating: 5  45°C
Storage: -10  50°C (excluding paper, ribbon)
❏ Humidity
Operating: 10  90% RH
Storage:
10  90% RH (excluding paper, ribbon)
Appendix D-100 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
Interface
RS-232C Serial Interface
❏ Specifications
Table D-46 RS-232C serial interface specifications
Item
Specifications
Data transfer method
Serial
Synchronization
Asynchronous
Handshake
DTR/DSR or XON/XOFF control
Signal level
MARK: - 3V  - 15 V, Logic "1"
SPACE: + 3V  + 15 V, Logic "0"
Stop bit
1 bit fixed
Printer connector
Dsub-25 pin (female) connector
Refer to DIP switches for data bit length, baud rate, and parity settings.
❏ Online/offline
This printer does not have an online/offline switch. It goes offline in the following cases:
Rev. A
•
During the period after power on or reset while mechanisms are initialized until
communication can be performed.
•
During execution of self test
•
When the cover is open (paper side cover open selected by ESC c 0)
•
During paper feed with the paper FEED button
•
When printing is stopped due to no paper (only when there is no paper roll)
•
When an error occurs
Product Overview Appendix D-101
Confidential
Bidirectional Parallel Interface (IEEE-1284)
The interface is Centronics compatible and meets the specifications for IEEE-1284 bidirectional
communications.
❏ Specifications
Table D-47 Bidirectional parallel interface specifications
Item
Specifications
Data transfer method
8 bit parallel
Synchronization
By externally supplied Strobe signal
Handshake
By Ack signal and Busy signal
Signal level
All signals are TTL compatible
Connector
ADS-B36BLFDR176 (Honda Tsushin Kogyo) or equivalent
(IEEE1284 Type B)
❏ Online/offline
This printer does not have an online/offline switch. It goes offline in the following cases:
•
During the period after power on or reset by INIT from the interface while mechanisms
are initialized
•
During execution of self test
•
When the cover is open
•
During paper feed with the FEED button paper
•
When printing is stopped due to no paper (only when there is no paper roll)
•
While waiting during macro execution
•
During temporary abnormal power source status
•
When an error occurs
Appendix D-102 Product Overview
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR and EP) Service Manual
RS-485 Serial Interface
The RS-485 serial interface is a dealer option.
❏ Specifications (RS-485 compliant)
Table D-48 RS-485 serial interface specifications
Item
Specifications
Data Transfer Method
Serial
Synchronization
Asynchronous
Handshake
DTR/DSR or XON/XOFF control
Signal Level
2.5V  5 V: Logic "1"
0.0V  0.8 V: Logic "0"
Baud Rate
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 bps
Parity
None, even, odd
Stop bit
1 bit or more
Connector
D-SUB25 (female)
The date stop bit is fixed at 1 bit.
❏ Signal level and communication control functions
Table D-49 Signal level and communication control function list (CS1/CS2)
CS1
CS2
Function
H
L
Communication is available.
L
H
Communication is not available.
•
When the potential of CS1 is higher than CS2, the system judges that the printer can
communicate (host side can receive data).
•
When the potential of CS1 is lower than CS2, the system judges that the printer cannot
communicate (host side cannot receive data).
Table D-50 Signal level and communication control function list (DR1/DR2)
DR1
DR2
Function
H
L
Communication is available.
L
H
Communication is not available.
Rev. A
•
When the potential of DR1 is higher than DR2, the system judges that the printer can
communicate (data can be received).
•
When the potential of DR1 is lower than DR2, the system judges that the printer cannot
communicate (data cannot be received).
Product Overview Appendix D-103
Confidential
❏ Online/offline
This printer does not have an online/offline switch. It goes offline in the following cases:
•
During the period after power on while mechanisms are initialized until communication
can be performed.
•
During execution of self test
•
When the cover is open
•
During paper feed with the paper FEED button
•
When printing is stopped due to no paper (only when there is no paper roll)
When no paper status is detected by the paper roll end detector, or when a printing stop
function is activated by ESC c 4 for paper roll near end detector
•
While waiting during macro execution
•
During temporary abnormal power source status
•
When an error occurs
•
During receive buffer full status (*1)
*1: The receive buffer full status is the time from when available buffer space is 16 bytes until it
exceeds 26 bytes.
Note:
When the available receive buffer area is 0 bytes, received data is ignored.
Appendix D-104 Product Overview
Rev. A
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Confidential
Appendix E
Parts List
Alphanumeric List
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Belt drive cap
CAP, BELT DRIVE
2
F-10
602
Belt tension spring
SPRING, BELT TENSION
1
F-10
628
Blade holder spring
SPRING, BLADE HOLDER
1
F-12
521
Carriage assembly
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
677
Carriage belt
BELT, CARRIAGE
1
F-11
627
Carriage cover frame assembly
FRAME, CARRIAGE COVER ASSEMBLY
1
F-2,3,4,5
681
Carriage drive pulley
PULLEY, CARRIAGE DRIVE
1
F-10
631
Carriage drive transmission gear
GEAR, CARRIAGE DRIVE
TRANSMISSION
1
F-10
632
Carriage guide shaft
SHAFT, CARRIAGE GUIDE
1
F-10
629
Carriage motor
MOTOR, CARRIAGE
1
F-10
697
Carriage spring
SPRING, CARRIAGE
1
F-10
610
Carriage transmission pulley
PULLEY, CARRIAGE TRANSMISSION
1
F-10
630
Caution seal
SEAL, CAUTION
1
F-1
115
Circuit board FFC
FFC, CIRCUIT BOARD
2
F-1
209
Clamp
CLAMP
1
F-1
110
Connector plate (for parallel I/F)
PLATE, CONNECTOR (FOR PARALLEL I/
F)
1
F-1
116
Connector plate (for serial I/F)
PLATE, CONNECTOR (FOR SERIAL I/F)
1
F-1
116
Cover open detector lead wire
LEAD WIER, COVER OPEN DETECTOR
1
F-12
543
Cover shaft
SHAFT, COVER
2
F-12
524
Cover spring
SPRING, COVER
2
F-12
523
Cover tube
COVER TUBE
4
F-12
532
Crank shaft holder
CRANK SHAFT HOLDER
2
F-6,7,8,9
694
Deceleration gear
GEAR, DECELERATION
1
F-12
505
Earth wire assembly
EARTH WIRE ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
203
Endorsement ground plate
PLATE, ENDORSEMENT GROUND
1
F-3,4
753
Endorsement head cable
CABLE, ENDORSEMENT HEAD
1
F-3,4
757
Endorsement head guide
GUIDE, ENDORSEMENT HEAD
1
F-3,4
735
Endorsement head platen
PLATEN, ENDORSEMENT HEAD
1
F-3,4
736
Endorsement platen gear
GEAR, ENDORSEMENT PLATEN
1
F-3,4
737
Endorsement platen shutter
SHUTTER,ENDORSEMENT PLATEN
1
F-6,9
654
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-1
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Endorsement printer unit
ENDORSEMENT PRINTER UNIT
1
F-3,4
754
E-ring (1.2)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.2) F/UC
-
F-13
734
E-ring (1.5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.5)
-
F-6,7,8,9
684
E-ring (2)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC
-
F-10,11
685
E-ring (2.3)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E (2.3) F/UC
-
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
689
E-ring (3)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(3)F/UC
-
F2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11
686
E-ring (4)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(4) F/UC
-
F-11
687
E-ring (5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(5) F/UC
-
F-6,7,8,9,10
688
E-ring (1.5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.5)
-
F-12
538
E-ring (2)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC
-
F-12
539
E-ring (2.5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2.5)
-
F-12
501
Fixed blade
FIXED BLADE
1
F-12
507
Form stopper
FORM STOPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
617
Form stopper shaft
SHAFT, FORM STOPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
618
Form stopper spring
SPRING, FORM STOPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
619
Frame cover
COVER, FRAME
1
F-12
518
Frame plate
PLATE, FRAME
1
F-12
517
Front case
CASE, FRONT
1
F-1
120
Front cover detector assembly
FRONT COVER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-2,3,4,5
664
Front frame
FRAME, FRONT
1
F-6,7,8,9
612
Front reinforcement frame
FRAME, FRONT REINFORCE
1
F-6,7,8,9
611
Front seal
SEAL, FRONT
1
F-1
141
Gear train cover
COVER, GEAR TRAIN
1
F-10
725
Guard tube
GUARD TUBE
1
F-12
533
H.P. detector assembly
H.P.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
675
Head caution seal
SEAL, CAUTION, HEAD
2
F-12
513
Hexagon lock screw (inch type)
HEXAGON LOCK SCREW (INCH TYPE)
2
F-1
144
Hexagon lock screw (millimeter type)
HEXAGON LOCK SCREW (MILLIMETER
TYPE)
2
F-1
144
Hexagon nut (3)
H.N.-1, 3, F/ZN
-
F-12
537
Hook plate
PLATE, HOOK
2
F-1
129
Hook spring
SPRING, HOOK
2
F-1
133
IC cover
IC COVER
1
F-1
111
Intermediate cable (type A)
CABLE, INTERMEDIATE, A
1
F-10
698
Intermediate cable (type B)
CABLE, INTERMEDIATE, B
1
F-10
699
Intermediate cable (type C)
CABLE, INTERMEDIATE, C
1
F-10
700
Appendix E-2 Parts List
Rev. A
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Intermediate cable tube
TUBE, CABLE INTERMEDIATE
1
F-10
728
Intermediate circuit board assembly
INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
676
Intermediate circuit board cover
COVER, INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOAD
1
F-10
726
Intermit circuit board assembly
INTERMIT CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
527
Intermit circuit board cable
CABLE, INTERMIT CIRCUIT BOARD
1
F-1
206
J/S change gear
J/S CHANGE GEAR
1
F-2,3,4,5
692
J/S change spacer
SPACER, J/S CHANGE
1
F-2,3,4,5
647
Lead wire (type A)
LEAD WIRE, A
1
F-6,7,8,9
705
Lead wire (type B)
LEAD WIRE, B
1
F-6,7,8,9
706
Lead wire (type C)
LEAD WIRE, C
1
F-6,7,8,9
707
Lead wire (type D)
LEAD WIRE, D
1
F-6,7,8,9
708
Lead wire (type E)
LEAD WIRE, E
1
F-6,7,8,9
709
Lead wire (type F)
LEAD WIRE, F
1
F-6,7,8,9
710
Lead wire (type G)
LEAD WIRE, G
1
F-6,7,8,9
711
Lead wire (type H)
LEAD WIRE, H
1
F-6,7,8,9
712
Lead wire (type I)
LEAD WIRE, I
1
F-6,7,8,9
713
Lead wire (type J)
LEAD WIRE, J
1
F-6,7,8,9
714
Lead wire (type K)
LEAD WIRE, K
1
F-6,7,8,9
715
Lead wire (type L)
LEAD WIRE, L
1
F-10
716
Lead wire (type M)
LEAD WIRE, M
1
F-10
717
Lead wire (type N)
LEAD WIRE, N
1
F-10
718
Lead wire (type U)
LEAD WIRE, U
1
F-2,3,4,5
719
Lead wire (type V)
LEAD WIRE, V
1
F-2,3,4,5
720
Lead wire (type W)
LEAD WIRE, W
1
F-2,3,4,5
721
Left frame assembly
FRAME, LEFT ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
515
Left thermal spring
SPRING, THERMAL, L
1
F-1
131
Lever coil mounting plate sub
assembly
MOUNTING PLATE, LEVER COIL SUB
ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
667
Lever drive coil (type A)
COIL, LEVER DRIVE, A
1
F-6,7,8,9
620
Lever drive coil (type B)
COIL, LEVER DRIVE, B
1
F-6,7,8,9
621
Lever drive motor assembly
MOTOR, LEVER DRIVE ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
659
Lever drive motor detector plate
DETECTOR PLATE, LEVER DRIVE MOTOR
1
F-6,7,8,9
613
Lever drive shaft assembly
LEVER DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
665
Lever drive shaft gear
GEAR, LEVER DRIVE SHAFT
1
F-6,7,8,9
616
Lever drive transmission gear
GEAR, LEVER DRIVE TRANSMISSION
1
F-2,3,4,5
615
Lever motor reduction gear
GEAR, LEVER MOTOR REDUCTION
1
F-6,7,8,9
614
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-3
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Lever motor T.P. detector assembly
LEVER MOTER T.P. DETECTOR
ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
672
Lower case
CASE, LOWER
1
F-1
118
Lower plate
PLATE, LOWER
1
F-1
136
Main circuit board assembly (with EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY (WITH
EP)
1
F-7,8,9
673
Main circuit board assembly (without
EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
(WITHOUT EP)
1
F-6,9
673
Main circuit board unit (with MICR /
with EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITH MICR
/ WITH EP)
1
F-1
201
Main circuit board unit (with MICR /
without EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITH MICR
/ WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
201
Main circuit board unit (without MICR /
with EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITHOUT
MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-1
201
Main circuit board unit (without MICR /
without EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITHOUT
MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
201
Main plate sub assembly
PLATE, MAIN, SUBU ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
122
Manual cutter
MANUAL CUTTER
1
F-12
530
Mechanism assembly (M-U675) (with
MICR / with EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(M-U675)(WITH
MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-1
600
Mechanism assembly(M-U675) (with
MICR / without EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(M-U675)(WITH
MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
600
Mechanism assembly(M-U675) (without
MICR / with EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(MU675)(WITHOUT MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-1
600
Mechanism assembly(M-U675) (without
MICR / without EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(MU675)(WITHOUT MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
600
Metallic insulator spacer
INSULATOR SPACER
2
F-1
114
MICR connector assembly
CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, MICR
1
F-13
745
MICR fixing
MICR FIXING
1
F-13
747
MICR fixing sheet
SHEET, MICR FIXING
1
F-13
750
MICR frame
FRAME, MICR
1
F-13
751
MICR head
HEAD, MICR
1
F-13
741
MICR lever
LEVER, MICR
1
F-13
746
MICR lever fixing plate
FIXING PLATE, MICR LEVER
1
F-13
743
MICR lever guide shaft
SHAFT, MICR LEVER GUIDE
2
F-13
759
MICR lever spring
SPRING, MICR LEVER
1
F-13
749
MICR roller shaft
SHAFT, MICR ROLLER
2
F-13
733
MICR shield cover
COVER, MICR SHIELD
1
F-13
744
MICR shutter
SHUTTER, MICR
1
F-8,9
653
MICR solenoid
SOLENOID, MICR
1
F-13
748
MICR solenoid case
CASE, MICR SOLENOID
1
F-13
742
Appendix E-4 Parts List
Rev. A
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Micro switch (for autocutter)
MICRO SWITCH (FOR AUTOCUTTER)
1
F-12
535
Micro switch (for N.E.detector)
MICRO SWITCH (FOR N.E.DETECTOR)
1
F-12
542
Motor frame
FRAME, MOTOR
1
F-12
516
Motor shield case
CASE, MOTOR SHIELD
1
F-2,3
739
Motor shield cover
COVER, MOTOR SHIELD
1
F-2,3
740
Motor shield spacer
SPACER, MOTOR SHIELD
1
F-2,3
738
N.E. detector adjustment screw
SCREW, DETECTOR ADJUSTMENT, N.E
1
F-12
512
N.E. detector holder
HOLDER, N.E.DETECTOR
1
F-12
508
N.E. detector lead wire assembly
LEAD WIRE N.E.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
545
N.E. detector lever
LEVER, N.E.DETECTOR
1
F-12
509
Nose guide
GUIDE, NOSE
1
F-10
622
Nylon clip
NYLON CLIP
1
F-2,3,4,5
606
Nylon lock nut (M3)
NYLON LOCK NUT M3
2
F-11
683
Oil ring
OIL RING
2
F-10
604
Operation label (MICR insertion label)
LABEL, OPERATION (MICR INSERTION
LABEL)
1
F-1
139
Operation label (Paper loading label)
LABEL, OPERATION (PAPER LOADING
LABEL)
1
F-1
140
Operation label (Ribbon installation
label)
LABEL, OPERATION (RIBBON
INSTALLATION LABEL)
1
F-1
142
Paper cutter cover assembly
COVER PAPER CUTTER ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
546
Paper cutter frame assembly
FRAME, PAPER CUTTER ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
528
Paper cutter lead wire
LEAD WIRE, PAPER CUTTER
1
F-12
534
Paper cutter motor sub assembly
MOTOR, PAPER CUTTER SUB ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
529
Paper detector assembly
PAPER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
510
Paper ejection detector assembly
PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-2,3,4,5
663
Paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type A)
CABLE ASSEMBLY, PAPER EJECTION
DETECTOR, A
1
F-6,7,8,9
701
Paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type B)
CABLE ASSEMBLY, PAPER EJECTION
DETECTOR, B
1
F-2,3,4,5
702
Paper ejection detector holder
HOLDER, PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR
1
F-2,3,4,5
633
Paper feed frame fixing L lever (type B)
assembly
LEVER, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING L, B
ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
679
Paper feed frame fixing lever spring
(type A)
SPRING, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING
LEVER, A
1
F-11
640
Paper feed frame fixing lever spring
(type B)
SPRING, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING
LEVER, B
1
F-11
642
Paper feed frame fixing R lever
assembly
LEVER, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING R
ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
670
Paper feed frame shaft
SHAFT, PAPER FEED FRAME
1
F-2,3,4,5
635
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-5
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Paper feed motor
MOTOR, PAPER FEED
1
F-2,3,4,5
704
Paper feed reduction gear
PAPER FEED REDUCTION GEAR
1
F-2,3,4,5
693
Paper feed transmission gear
GEAR, PAPER FEED TRANSMISSION
1
F-6,7,8,9
634
Paper feed trigger attraction plate
PAPER FEED TRIGGER ATTRACTIVE
PLATE
2
F-6,7,8,9
696
Paper feed trigger claw spring
PAPER FEED TRIGGER CROW SPRING 3
2
F-6,7,8,9
695
Paper holder
PAPER HOLDER
1
F-12
526
Parallel I/F circuit board assembly
PARALLEL I/F CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
202
Plain washer (4.2X1X12)
PLAIN WASHER, 4.2X1X12, F/ZN
2
F-1
112
Platen adjustment screw
SCREW, PLATEN ADJUSTMENT
2
F-11
658
Platen assembly
PLATEN ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
511
Platen assembly
PLATEN ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
678
Platen ground plate (type A)
PLATE, PLATEN GROUND, A
1
F-11
651
Platen ground plate (type B)
PLATE, PLATEN GROUND, B
1
F-11
652
Platen lever assembly
LEVER, PLATEN ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
623
Platen lever drive cam
CAM, PLATEN LEVER DRIVE
1
F-2,3,4,5
626
Platen lever frame assembly
FRAME, PLATEN LEVER ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
669
Platen lever shaft
SHAFT, PLATEN LEVER, L
2
F-11
625
Platen lever spring
SPRING, PLATEN LEVER
1
F-11
624
Platen shaft holder
SHAFT HOLDER, PLATEN
1
F-12
503
Platen spring
SPRING, PLATEN
2
F-11
603
Power switch cable assembly
POWER SWITCH CABLE SET
1
F-1
207
Power switch cover
COVER, POWER SWITCH
1
F-1
145
Press head spring
SPRING, PRESS HEAD
2
F-12
506
Pressurizing plate
PLATE, PRESSURIZING
1
F-12
519
Print head unit (Eb)
PRINT HEAD UNIT EB
1
F-10
662
R cover detector cable assembly
CABLE ASSEMBLY, R COVER DETECTOR
1
F-6,7,8,9
703
Receipt paper feed motor
MOTOR, PAPER FEED, RECEIPT
1
F-12
544
Relaxation plate
PLATE, RELAXATION
1
F-12
520
Relaxation plate fixing plate
PLATE, RELAXATION PLATE FIXING
1
F-12
547
Ribbon cassette cover
COVER, RIBBON CASSETTE
1
F-1
121
Ribbon drive plate assembly
RIBBON DRIVE PLATE ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
674
Ribbon feed spring
RIBBON FEED SPRING
1
F-10
601
Ribbon intermediate gear
GEAR, RIBBON INTERMEDIATE
1
F-10
657
Ribbon reduction gear
GEAR, RIBBON REDUCTION
1
F-10
656
Ribbon take-up gear assembly
GEAR, RIBBON TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
680
Appendix E-6 Parts List
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Right frame
FRAME, RIGHT
1
F-12
514
Right thermal spring
SPRING, THERMAL, R
1
F-1
132
RS-232 I/F circuit board assembly
RS-232 I/F CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
202
Rubber foot
RUBBER FOOT
3
F-1
117
Rubber insulator spacer
SPACER, INSULATOR
2
F-1
113
Screening plate
PLATE, SCREENING
1
F-12
536
screw (C.B., 2.6X4)
C.B., 2.6X4, F/ZN
-
F-6,7,8,9
729
screw (C.B.P-tite, 2.5X6)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 2.5X6, F/ZN
-
F-3,4
732
screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
608
screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 3X8, F/ZN
-
F-6,7,8,9
722
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
C.B.S-TITE F, 3X4, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5
730
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
C.B.S-TITEF, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
691
screw (C.C., 3X5)
C.C.SCREW, 3X5, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5
682
screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)
C.C.S-TITE SCREW, 2.5X5, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
690
screw (C.P.(S), 2.6X8)
C.P.(S)SCREW, 2.6X8.F/ZN
-
F-13
755
screw (C.P.(S-P1), 2.5X5)
C.P.(S-P1), 2.5X5, F/Zn
-
F-3,4
756
screw (C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5)
C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5, F/Zn
-
F-13
752
screw (C.P.P-tite, 3X12)
C.P.P-TITE SCREW, 3X12, F/ZN
-
F-10
607
screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3X6)
C.P.S-TITE(P4), 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-10
731
screw (C.B., 2X2.5)
C.B.2X2.5, F/ZN
-
F-12
548
screw (C.B.B-tite, 2X8)
C.B.B-TITE, 2X8, F/ZN
-
F-12
504
screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12)
C.B.B.SCREW, 4X12, F/ZN
-
F-1
108
screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X25)
C.B.B.SCREW, 4X25 F/ZN
-
F-1
109
screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 3X8, F/ZN
-
F-12
502
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
C.B.S-TITE F, 3X4, F/ZN
-
F-1
101
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
C.B.S-TITEF, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-1
106
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
C.B.S-TITEF, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-12
540
screw (C.C., 4X20)
C.C.SCREW, 4X20, F/ZN
-
F-1
104
screw (C.C.S-tite, 3X6)
C.C.S.SCREW M3X6
-
F-1
105
screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
C.P.S-TITE.(0), 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-1
107
screw (C.P.S-tite, 3X6)
C.P.S-TITE SCREW, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-1
144
screw (C.P.T-B, 3X10)
C.P.T-B SCREW, 3X10, F/ZN
-
F-1
103
Sensor circuit board assembly
SENSOR CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
541
Slip B.O.F. detector assembly
SLIP B.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
668
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-7
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Slip drive gear
GEAR, SLIP DRIVE
4
F2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11
639
Slip feed roller
ROLLER, SLIP FEED
1
F-11
649
Slip feed roller holder
HOLDER, SLIP FEED ROLLER
1
F-11
643
Slip feed roller shaft holder
SHAFT HOLDER, SLIP FEED ROLLER
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
609
4 (with EP),
6 (without EP)
Slip guide lower frame (with MICR /
with EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER (WITH MICR
/ WITH EP)
1
F-6
646
Slip guide lower frame (with MICR /
without EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER, A
ASSEMBLY (WITH MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-7
646
Slip guide lower frame (without MICR /
with EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER, B
ASSEMBLY (WITHOUT MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-8
646
Slip guide lower frame (without MICR /
without EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER, B
ASSEMBLY (WITHOUT MICR / WITHOUT
EP)
1
F-9
646
Slip guide upper frame
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE UPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
645
Slip hold roller shaft
SHAFT, SLIP HOLD ROLLER
1
F-2,3,4,5
637
Slip hold roller sleeve
SLEEVE, SLIP HOLD ROLLER
1
F-2,3,4,5
723
Slip hold roller spring
SPRING, SLIP HOLD ROLLER
1
F-2,3,4,5
724
Slip insertion detector holder
HOLDER, SLIP INSERT DETECTOR
1
F-6,7,8,9
605
Slip paper guide
PAPER GUIDE, SLIP
1
F-11
650
Slip T.O.F. detector assembly
SLIP T.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
671
Slip transmission gear
GEAR, SLIP TRANSMISSION
3
F-2,3,4,5
638
Strengthening plate
PLATE, STRENGTHEN, B
1
F-1
128
Sub slip feed lever shaft
SHAFT, SUB SLIP FEED LEVER
1
F-6,7,8,9
636
Sub slip feed lever spring
SPRING, SUB SLIP FEED LEVER
1
F-6,7,8,9
641
Sub slip feed lever sub assembly
LEVER, SUB SLIP FEED SUB ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
660
Sub slip feed roller assembly
ROLLER, SUB SLIP FEED ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
666
Sub slip feed roller holder
HOLDER, SUB SLIP FEED ROLLER
1
F-6,7,8,9
644
Sub slip hold roller
ROLLER, SUB SLIP HOLD
1
F-6,7,8,9
648
Sub slip hold sleeve
SLEEVE, SUB SLIP HOLD
2
F-6,7,8,9
727
Support plate
PLATE, SUPPORT, A
1
F-1
137
Switch panel cable
CABLE, SWITCH PANEL
1
F-1
210
Switch panel circuit board assembly
SWITCH PANEL CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
208
Switch panel label
LABEL, SWITCH PANEL
1
F-1
146
Switch panel unit
SWITCH PANEL UNIT
1
F-1
124
Switch screw
SCREW, SWITCH
1
F-12
549
Table holder
HOLDER, TABLE
1
F-1
138
Appendix E-8 Parts List
Rev. A
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Thermal button
BUTTON, THERMAL
2
F-1
134
Thermal case
CASE, THERMAL
1
F-1
123
Thermal cushion
CUSHION, THERMAL
2
F-1
130
Thermal frame
FRAME, THERMAL
1
F-1
127
Thermal head FFC
FFC, THERMAL HEAD
1
F-1
205
Thermal holder assembly
HOLDER, THERMAL ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
125
Thermal mechanism assembly (MT6000)
THERMAL MECHANISM ASSEMBLY (MT6000)
1
F-1
500
Thermal mechanism cover
COVER, THERMAL MECHANISM
1
F-1
135
Thermal print head assembly
THERMAL PRINT HEAD ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
525
Thermal sheet
SHEET, THERMAL
1
F-1
126
Thermal unit sensor circuit board
assembly
THERMAL UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
204
Upper case
CASE, UPPER
1
F-1
119
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-9
Confidential
Reference Number List
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
C.B.S-TITE F, 3X4, F/ZN
-
F-1
101
screw (C.P.T-B, 3X10)
C.P.T-B SCREW, 3X10, F/ZN
-
F-1
103
screw (C.C., 4X20)
C.C.SCREW, 4X20, F/ZN
-
F-1
104
screw (C.C.S-tite, 3X6)
C.C.S.SCREW M3X6
-
F-1
105
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
C.B.S-TITEF, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-1
106
screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
C.P.S-TITE.(0), 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-1
107
screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12)
C.B.B.SCREW, 4X12, F/ZN
-
F-1
108
screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X25)
C.B.B.SCREW, 4X25 F/ZN
-
F-1
109
Clamp
CLAMP
1
F-1
110
IC cover
IC COVER
1
F-1
111
Plain washer (4.2X1X12)
PLAIN WASHER, 4.2X1X12, F/ZN
2
F-1
112
Rubber insulator spacer
SPACER, INSULATOR
2
F-1
113
Metallic insulator spacer
INSULATOR SPACER
2
F-1
114
Caution seal
SEAL, CAUTION
1
F-1
115
Connector plate (for serial I/F)
PLATE, CONNECTOR (FOR SERIAL I/F)
1
F-1
116
Connector plate (for parallel I/F)
PLATE, CONNECTOR (FOR PARALLEL I/
F)
1
F-1
116
Rubber foot
RUBBER FOOT
3
F-1
117
Lower case
CASE, LOWER
1
F-1
118
Upper case
CASE, UPPER
1
F-1
119
Front case
CASE, FRONT
1
F-1
120
Ribbon cassette cover
COVER, RIBBON CASSETTE
1
F-1
121
Main plate sub assembly
PLATE, MAIN, SUBU ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
122
Thermal case
CASE, THERMAL
1
F-1
123
Switch panel unit
SWITCH PANEL UNIT
1
F-1
124
Thermal holder assembly
HOLDER, THERMAL ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
125
Thermal sheet
SHEET, THERMAL
1
F-1
126
Thermal frame
FRAME, THERMAL
1
F-1
127
Strengthening plate
PLATE, STRENGTHEN, B
1
F-1
128
Hook plate
PLATE, HOOK
2
F-1
129
Thermal cushion
CUSHION, THERMAL
2
F-1
130
Left thermal spring
SPRING, THERMAL, L
1
F-1
131
Right thermal spring
SPRING, THERMAL, R
1
F-1
132
Hook spring
SPRING, HOOK
2
F-1
133
Thermal button
BUTTON, THERMAL
2
F-1
134
Appendix E-10 Parts List
Rev. A
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Thermal mechanism cover
COVER, THERMAL MECHANISM
1
F-1
135
Lower plate
PLATE, LOWER
1
F-1
136
Support plate
PLATE, SUPPORT, A
1
F-1
137
Table holder
HOLDER, TABLE
1
F-1
138
Operation label (MICR insertion label)
LABEL, OPERATION (MICR INSERTION
LABEL)
1
F-1
139
Operation label (Paper loading label)
LABEL, OPERATION (PAPER LOADING
LABEL)
1
F-1
140
Front seal
SEAL, FRONT
1
F-1
141
Operation label (Ribbon installation
label)
LABEL, OPERATION (RIBBON
INSTALLATION LABEL)
1
F-1
142
screw (C.P.S-tite, 3X6)
C.P.S-TITE SCREW, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-1
144
Hexagon lock screw (inch type)
HEXAGON LOCK SCREW (INCH TYPE)
2
F-1
144
Hexagon lock screw (millimeter type)
HEXAGON LOCK SCREW (MILLIMETER
TYPE)
2
F-1
144
Power switch cover
COVER, POWER SWITCH
1
F-1
145
Switch panel label
LABEL, SWITCH PANEL
1
F-1
146
Main circuit board unit (without MICR /
without EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITHOUT
MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
201
Main circuit board unit (without MICR /
with EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITHOUT
MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-1
201
Main circuit board unit (with MICR /
without EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITH MICR
/ WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
201
Main circuit board unit (with MICR /
with EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT (WITH MICR
/ WITH EP)
1
F-1
201
RS-232 I/F circuit board assembly
RS-232 I/F CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
202
Parallel I/F circuit board assembly
PARALLEL I/F CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
202
Earth wire assembly
EARTH WIRE ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
203
Thermal unit sensor circuit board
assembly
THERMAL UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
204
Thermal head FFC
FFC, THERMAL HEAD
1
F-1
205
Intermit circuit board cable
CABLE, INTERMIT CIRCUIT BOARD
1
F-1
206
Power switch cable assembly
POWER SWITCH CABLE SET
1
F-1
207
Switch panel circuit board assembly
SWITCH PANEL CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-1
208
Circuit board FFC
FFC, CIRCUIT BOARD
2
F-1
209
Switch panel cable
CABLE, SWITCH PANEL
1
F-1
210
Thermal mechanism assembly (MT6000)
THERMAL MECHANISM ASSEMBLY (MT6000)
1
F-1
500
E-ring (2.5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2.5)
-
F-12
501
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-11
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 3X8, F/ZN
-
F-12
502
Platen shaft holder
SHAFT HOLDER, PLATEN
1
F-12
503
screw (C.B.B-tite, 2X8)
C.B.B-TITE, 2X8, F/ZN
-
F-12
504
Deceleration gear
GEAR, DECELERATION
1
F-12
505
Press head spring
SPRING, PRESS HEAD
2
F-12
506
Fixed blade
FIXED BLADE
1
F-12
507
N.E. detector holder
HOLDER, N.E.DETECTOR
1
F-12
508
N.E. detector lever
LEVER, N.E.DETECTOR
1
F-12
509
Paper detector assembly
PAPER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
510
Platen assembly
PLATEN ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
511
N.E. detector adjustment screw
SCREW, DETECTOR ADJUSTMENT, N.E
1
F-12
512
Head caution seal
SEAL, CAUTION, HEAD
2
F-12
513
Right frame
FRAME, RIGHT
1
F-12
514
Left frame assembly
FRAME, LEFT ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
515
Motor frame
FRAME, MOTOR
1
F-12
516
Frame plate
PLATE, FRAME
1
F-12
517
Frame cover
COVER, FRAME
1
F-12
518
Pressurizing plate
PLATE, PRESSURIZING
1
F-12
519
Relaxation plate
PLATE, RELAXATION
1
F-12
520
Blade holder spring
SPRING, BLADE HOLDER
1
F-12
521
Cover spring
SPRING, COVER
2
F-12
523
Cover shaft
SHAFT, COVER
2
F-12
524
Thermal print head assembly
THERMAL PRINT HEAD ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
525
Paper holder
PAPER HOLDER
1
F-12
526
Intermit circuit board assembly
INTERMIT CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
527
Paper cutter frame assembly
FRAME, PAPER CUTTER ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
528
Paper cutter motor sub assembly
MOTOR, PAPER CUTTER SUB ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
529
Manual cutter
MANUAL CUTTER
1
F-12
530
Cover tube
COVER TUBE
4
F-12
532
Guard tube
GUARD TUBE
1
F-12
533
Paper cutter lead wire
LEAD WIRE, PAPER CUTTER
1
F-12
534
Micro switch (for autocutter)
MICRO SWITCH (FOR AUTOCUTTER)
1
F-12
535
Screening plate
PLATE, SCREENING
1
F-12
536
Hexagon nut (3)
H.N.-1, 3, F/ZN
-
F-12
537
E-ring (1.5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.5)
-
F-12
538
E-ring (2)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC
-
F-12
539
Appendix E-12 Parts List
Rev. A
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
C.B.S-TITEF, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-12
540
Sensor circuit board assembly
SENSOR CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
541
Micro switch (for N.E.detector)
MICRO SWITCH (FOR N.E.DETECTOR)
1
F-12
542
Cover open detector lead wire
LEAD WIER, COVER OPEN DETECTOR
1
F-12
543
Receipt paper feed motor
MOTOR, PAPER FEED, RECEIPT
1
F-12
544
N.E. detector lead wire assembly
LEAD WIRE N.E.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
545
Paper cutter cover assembly
COVER PAPER CUTTER ASSEMBLY
1
F-12
546
Relaxation plate fixing plate
PLATE, RELAXATION PLATE FIXING
1
F-12
547
screw (C.B., 2X2.5)
C.B.2X2.5, F/ZN
-
F-12
548
Switch screw
SCREW, SWITCH
1
F-12
549
Mechanism assembly(M-U675) (without
MICR / without EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(MU675)(WITHOUT MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
600
Mechanism assembly(M-U675) (without
MICR / with EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(MU675)(WITHOUT MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-1
600
Mechanism assembly(M-U675) (with
MICR / without EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(M-U675)(WITH
MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-1
600
Mechanism assembly (M-U675) (with
MICR / with EP)
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY(M-U675)(WITH
MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-1
600
Ribbon feed spring
RIBBON FEED SPRING
1
F-10
601
Belt drive cap
CAP, BELT DRIVE
2
F-10
602
Platen spring
SPRING, PLATEN
2
F-11
603
Oil ring
OIL RING
2
F-10
604
Slip insertion detector holder
HOLDER, SLIP INSERT DETECTOR
1
F-6,7,8,9
605
Nylon clip
NYLON CLIP
1
F-2,3,4,5
606
screw (C.P.P-tite, 3X12)
C.P.P-TITE SCREW, 3X12, F/ZN
-
F-10
607
screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
608
Slip feed roller shaft holder
SHAFT HOLDER, SLIP FEED ROLLER
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
609
4 (with EP),
6 (without EP)
Carriage spring
SPRING, CARRIAGE
1
F-10
610
Front reinforcement frame
FRAME, FRONT REINFORCE
1
F-6,7,8,9
611
Front frame
FRAME, FRONT
1
F-6,7,8,9
612
Lever drive motor detector plate
DETECTOR PLATE, LEVER DRIVE MOTOR
1
F-6,7,8,9
613
Lever motor reduction gear
GEAR, LEVER MOTOR REDUCTION
1
F-6,7,8,9
614
Lever drive transmission gear
GEAR, LEVER DRIVE TRANSMISSION
1
F-2,3,4,5
615
Lever drive shaft gear
GEAR, LEVER DRIVE SHAFT
1
F-6,7,8,9
616
Form stopper
FORM STOPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
617
Form stopper shaft
SHAFT, FORM STOPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
618
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-13
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Form stopper spring
SPRING, FORM STOPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
619
Lever drive coil (type A)
COIL, LEVER DRIVE, A
1
F-6,7,8,9
620
Lever drive coil (type B)
COIL, LEVER DRIVE, B
1
F-6,7,8,9
621
Nose guide
GUIDE, NOSE
1
F-10
622
Platen lever assembly
LEVER, PLATEN ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
623
Platen lever spring
SPRING, PLATEN LEVER
1
F-11
624
Platen lever shaft
SHAFT, PLATEN LEVER, L
2
F-11
625
Platen lever drive cam
CAM, PLATEN LEVER DRIVE
1
F-2,3,4,5
626
Carriage belt
BELT, CARRIAGE
1
F-10
627
Belt tension spring
SPRING, BELT TENSION
1
F-10
628
Carriage guide shaft
SHAFT, CARRIAGE GUIDE
1
F-10
629
Carriage transmission pulley
PULLEY, CARRIAGE TRANSMISSION
1
F-10
630
Carriage drive pulley
PULLEY, CARRIAGE DRIVE
1
F-10
631
Carriage drive transmission gear
GEAR, CARRIAGE DRIVE
TRANSMISSION
1
F-10
632
Paper ejection detector holder
HOLDER, PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR
1
F-2,3,4,5
633
Paper feed transmission gear
GEAR, PAPER FEED TRANSMISSION
1
F-6,7,8,9
634
Paper feed frame shaft
SHAFT, PAPER FEED FRAME
1
F-2,3,4,5
635
Sub slip feed lever shaft
SHAFT, SUB SLIP FEED LEVER
1
F-6,7,8,9
636
Slip hold roller shaft
SHAFT, SLIP HOLD ROLLER
1
F-2,3,4,5
637
Slip transmission gear
GEAR, SLIP TRANSMISSION
3
F-2,3,4,5
638
Slip drive gear
GEAR, SLIP DRIVE
4
F2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11
639
Paper feed frame fixing lever spring
(type A)
SPRING, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING
LEVER, A
1
F-11
640
Sub slip feed lever spring
SPRING, SUB SLIP FEED LEVER
1
F-6,7,8,9
641
Paper feed frame fixing lever spring
(type B)
SPRING, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING
LEVER, B
1
F-11
642
Slip feed roller holder
HOLDER, SLIP FEED ROLLER
1
F-11
643
Sub slip feed roller holder
HOLDER, SUB SLIP FEED ROLLER
1
F-6,7,8,9
644
Slip guide upper frame
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE UPPER
1
F-6,7,8,9
645
Slip guide lower frame (without MICR /
without EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER, B
ASSEMBLY (WITHOUT MICR / WITHOUT
EP)
1
F-9
646
Slip guide lower frame (without MICR /
with EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER, B
ASSEMBLY (WITHOUT MICR / WITH EP)
1
F-8
646
Slip guide lower frame (with MICR /
without EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER, A
ASSEMBLY (WITH MICR / WITHOUT EP)
1
F-7
646
Slip guide lower frame (with MICR /
with EP)
FRAME, SLIP GUIDE LOWER (WITH MICR
/ WITH EP)
1
F-6
646
Appendix E-14 Parts List
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
J/S change spacer
SPACER, J/S CHANGE
1
F-2,3,4,5
647
Sub slip hold roller
ROLLER, SUB SLIP HOLD
1
F-6,7,8,9
648
Slip feed roller
ROLLER, SLIP FEED
1
F-11
649
Slip paper guide
PAPER GUIDE, SLIP
1
F-11
650
Platen ground plate (type A)
PLATE, PLATEN GROUND, A
1
F-11
651
Platen ground plate (type B)
PLATE, PLATEN GROUND, B
1
F-11
652
MICR shutter
SHUTTER, MICR
1
F-8,9
653
Endorsement platen shutter
SHUTTER, ENDORSEMENT PLATEN
1
F-6,9
654
Ribbon reduction gear
GEAR, RIBBON REDUCTION
1
F-10
656
Ribbon intermediate gear
GEAR, RIBBON INTERMEDIATE
1
F-10
657
Platen adjustment screw
SCREW, PLATEN ADJUSTMENT
2
F-11
658
Lever drive motor assembly
MOTOR, LEVER DRIVE ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
659
Sub slip feed lever sub assembly
LEVER, SUB SLIP FEED SUB ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
660
Print head unit (Eb)
PRINT HEAD UNIT EB
1
F-10
662
Paper ejection detector assembly
PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-2,3,4,5
663
Front cover detector assembly
FRONT COVER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-2,3,4,5
664
Lever drive shaft assembly
LEVER DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
665
Sub slip feed roller assembly
ROLLER, SUB SLIP FEED ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
666
Lever coil mounting plate sub
assembly
MOUNTING PLATE, LEVER COIL SUB
ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
667
Slip B.O.F. detector assembly
SLIP B.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
668
Platen lever frame assembly
FRAME, PLATEN LEVER ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
669
Paper feed frame fixing R lever
assembly
LEVER, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING R
ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
670
Slip T.O.F. detector assembly
SLIP T.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
671
Lever motor T.P. detector assembly
LEVER MOTER T.P. DETECTOR
ASSEMBLY
1
F-6,7,8,9
672
Main circuit board assembly (with EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY (WITH
EP)
1
F-7,8,9
673
Main circuit board assembly (without
EP)
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
(WITHOUT EP)
1
F-6,9
673
Ribbon drive plate assembly
RIBBON DRIVE PLATE ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
674
H.P. detector assembly
H.P.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
675
Intermediate circuit board assembly
INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
676
Carriage assembly
CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
677
Platen assembly
PLATEN ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
678
Paper feed frame fixing L lever (type B)
assembly
LEVER, PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING L, B
ASSEMBLY
1
F-11
679
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-15
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Ribbon take-up gear assembly
GEAR, RIBBON TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY
1
F-10
680
Carriage cover frame assembly
FRAME, CARRIAGE COVER ASSEMBLY
1
F-2,3,4,5
681
screw (C.C., 3X5)
C.C.SCREW, 3X5, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5
682
Nylon lock nut (M3)
NYLON LOCK NUT M3
2
F-11
683
E-ring (1.5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.5)
-
F-6,7,8,9
684
E-ring (2)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC
-
F-10,11
685
E-ring (3)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(3)F/UC
-
F2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11
686
E-ring (4)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(4) F/UC
-
F-11
687
E-ring (5)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(5) F/UC
-
F-6,7,8,9,10
688
E-ring (2.3)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E (2.3) F/UC
-
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
689
screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)
C.C.S-TITE SCREW, 2.5X5, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
690
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
C.B.S-TITEF, 3X6, F/ZN
-
F2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
691
J/S change gear
J/S CHANGE GEAR
1
F-2,3,4,5
692
Paper feed reduction gear
PAPER FEED REDUCTION GEAR
1
F-2,3,4,5
693
Crank shaft holder
CRANK SHAFT HOLDER
2
F-6,7,8,9
694
Paper feed trigger claw spring
PAPER FEED TRIGGER CROW SPRING 3
2
F-6,7,8,9
695
Paper feed trigger attraction plate
PAPER FEED TRIGGER ATTRACTIVE
PLATE
2
F-6,7,8,9
696
Carriage motor
MOTOR, CARRIAGE
1
F-10
697
Intermediate cable (type A)
CABLE, INTERMEDIATE, A
1
F-10
698
Intermediate cable (type B)
CABLE, INTERMEDIATE, B
1
F-10
699
Intermediate cable (type C)
CABLE, INTERMEDIATE, C
1
F-10
700
Paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type A)
CABLE ASSEMBLY, PAPER EJECTION
DETECTOR, A
1
F-6,7,8,9
701
Paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type B)
CABLE ASSEMBLY, PAPER EJECTION
DETECTOR, B
1
F-2,3,4,5
702
R cover detector cable assembly
CABLE ASSEMBLY, R COVER DETECTOR
1
F-6,7,8,9
703
Paper feed motor
MOTOR, PAPER FEED
1
F-2,3,4,5
704
Lead wire (type A)
LEAD WIRE, A
1
F-6,7,8,9
705
Lead wire (type B)
LEAD WIRE, B
1
F-6,7,8,9
706
Lead wire (type C)
LEAD WIRE, C
1
F-6,7,8,9
707
Lead wire (type D)
LEAD WIRE, D
1
F-6,7,8,9
708
Lead wire (type E)
LEAD WIRE, E
1
F-6,7,8,9
709
Lead wire (type F)
LEAD WIRE, F
1
F-6,7,8,9
710
Lead wire (type G)
LEAD WIRE, G
1
F-6,7,8,9
711
Lead wire (type H)
LEAD WIRE, H
1
F-6,7,8,9
712
Appendix E-16 Parts List
Rev. A
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
Lead wire (type I)
LEAD WIRE, I
1
F-6,7,8,9
713
Lead wire (type J)
LEAD WIRE, J
1
F-6,7,8,9
714
Lead wire (type K)
LEAD WIRE, K
1
F-6,7,8,9
715
Lead wire (type L)
LEAD WIRE, L
1
F-10
716
Lead wire (type M)
LEAD WIRE, M
1
F-10
717
Lead wire (type N)
LEAD WIRE, N
1
F-10
718
Lead wire (type U)
LEAD WIRE, U
1
F-2,3,4,5
719
Lead wire (type V)
LEAD WIRE, V
1
F-2,3,4,5
720
Lead wire (type W)
LEAD WIRE, W
1
F-2,3,4,5
721
screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 3X8, F/ZN
-
F-6,7,8,9
722
Slip hold roller sleeve
SLEEVE, SLIP HOLD ROLLER
1
F-2,3,4,5
723
Slip hold roller spring
SPRING, SLIP HOLD ROLLER
1
F-2,3,4,5
724
Gear train cover
COVER, GEAR TRAIN
1
F-10
725
Intermediate circuit board cover
COVER, INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOAD
1
F-10
726
Sub slip hold sleeve
SLEEVE, SUB SLIP HOLD
2
F-6,7,8,9
727
Intermediate cable tube
TUBE, CABLE INTERMEDIATE
1
F-10
728
screw (C.B., 2.6X4)
C.B., 2.6X4, F/ZN
-
F-6,7,8,9
729
screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
C.B.S-TITE F, 3X4, F/ZN
-
F-2,3,4,5
730
screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3X6)
C.P.S-TITE(P4), 3X6, F/ZN
-
F-10
731
screw (C.B.P-tite, 2.5X6)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW, 2.5X6, F/ZN
-
F-3,4
732
MICR roller shaft
SHAFT, MICR ROLLER
2
F-13
733
E-ring (1.2)
RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.2) F/UC
-
F-13
734
Endorsement head guide
GUIDE, ENDORSEMENT HEAD
1
F-3,4
735
Endorsement head platen
PLATEN, ENDORSEMENT HEAD
1
F-3,4
736
Endorsement platen gear
GEAR, ENDORSEMENT PLATEN
1
F-3,4
737
Motor shield spacer
SPACER, MOTOR SHIELD
1
F-2,3
738
Motor shield case
CASE, MOTOR SHIELD
1
F-2,3
739
Motor shield cover
COVER, MOTOR SHIELD
1
F-2,3
740
MICR head
HEAD, MICR
1
F-13
741
MICR solenoid case
CASE, MICR SOLENOID
1
F-13
742
MICR lever fixing plate
FIXING PLATE, MICR LEVER
1
F-13
743
MICR shield cover
COVER, MICR SHIELD
1
F-13
744
MICR connector assembly
CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, MICR
1
F-13
745
MICR lever
LEVER, MICR
1
F-13
746
MICR fixing
MICR FIXING
1
F-13
747
MICR solenoid
SOLENOID, MICR
1
F-13
748
Rev. A
Parts List Appendix E-17
Confidential
name for service manual
name for price list
q’ty
page
ref.#
MICR lever spring
SPRING, MICR LEVER
1
F-13
749
MICR fixing sheet
SHEET, MICR FIXING
1
F-13
750
MICR frame
FRAME, MICR
1
F-13
751
screw (C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5)
C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5, F/Zn
-
F-13
752
Endorsement ground plate
PLATE, ENDORSEMENT GROUND
1
F-3,4
753
Endorsement printer unit
ENDORSEMENT PRINTER UNIT
1
F-3,4
754
screw (C.P.(S), 2.6X8)
C.P.(S)SCREW, 2.6X8.F/ZN
-
F-13
755
screw (C.P.(S-P1), 2.5X5)
C.P.(S-P1), 2.5X5, F/Zn
-
F-3,4
756
Endorsement head cable
CABLE, ENDORSEMENT HEAD
1
F-3,4
757
MICR lever guide shaft
SHAFT, MICR LEVER GUIDE
2
F-13
759
Appendix E-18 Parts List
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix F
Exploded Diagrams
TM-H6000/H6000P
101 142
107
101
106
203
101
208
135
600
110
105
109
140
500
101
112
113
123
134
101
114
109
106
112
126
113
108
146
133
131
108
114
125
128
122
105
134
206
205
129
103
133
203
137
129
106
130
107
106
144
107
132
204
103
116
124
104
210
121
107
127
202
116
107
144
103
202
107
106
107
107
201
107 138
120
209
106
117
207
139
117
119
106
118
106
103
106
111
141
136
145
Rev. A
115
103
117
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-1
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/without EP)
740
690
663
681
690
633
608
702
635
738
730
730
704
609
739
686
626
637
682
691
691
615
664
686
721
720
719
730
724
723
609
691
682
691
647
638
692
689
686
639
638
686
606
638
693
686
691
Rev. A
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-2
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/with EP)
732
732
757
754
740
690
756
663
681
690
633
608
753
756
702
735
730
738
690
A
635
704
730
609
739
686
691
626
691
637
682
615
664
686
721
720
719
730
724
723
609
736
686
609
691
737
682
686
609
686
691
647
638
692
689
686
639
638
686
606
638
693
686
691
Rev. A
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-3
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/with EP)
732
732
757
754
690
756
663
681
633
753
608
756
702
735
704
730
635
730
A
609
686
626
637
682
664
615
686
721
720
719
730
724
723
736
686
609
609
691
737
682
686
609
686
691
647
638
692
686
689
639
638
686
606
638
693
686
691
Rev. A
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-4
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/without EP)
690
663
681
633
608
702
704
730
635
730
609
686
626
637
682
615
664
686
721
720
719
730
724
723
609
691
682
691
647
638
692
689
686
639
638
686
606
638
693
686
691
Rev. A
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-5
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (with MICR/without EP)
654
619
691
686
609
671
684
713
714
715
691
690
644
617
641
618
727
614
689
645
613
660
659
612
729
705
648
611
616
706
727
691
694
666
696
691
636
620
691
695
634
691
621
608
686
665
694
688
695
609
686
608
691
639
667
684
672
691
691
691
710
711
712
646
703
691
722
608
605
668
Rev. A
673
722
707
708
709
701
691
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-6
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (with MICR/with EP)
619
691
686
609
671
684
713
714
715
691
690
644
617
641
618
727
614
689
645
613
660
659
612
729
705
648
611
616
706
727
691
694
666
696
691
636
620
691
695
634
691
621
608
686
665
694
688
695
609
686
608
691
639
667
684
A
672
691
691
691
710
711
712
646
691
703
673
722
U
608
605
668
Rev. A
722
707
708
709
701
691
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-7
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (without MICR/with EP)
619
691
686
609
671
684
713
714
715
691
690
644
617
641
618
727
689
645
614
613
660
659
612
729
705
648
611
616
706
727
691
694
666
696
636
691
620
691
695
634
691
621
608
686
665
694
688
695
609
686
608
691
639
667
684
A
672
691
691
691
710
711
712
646
691
703
653
673
722
608
605
668
Rev. A
707
708
709
701
691
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-8
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (without MICR/without EP)
654
619
691
686
609
671
684
713
714
715
691
690
644
617
641
618
727
689
645
614
613
660
659
612
729
705
648
611
616
706
727
691
694
666
696
691
636
620
691
695
634
691
621
608
686
665
694
688
695
609
686
608
691
639
667
684
672
691
691
691
710
711
712
646
703
691
653
673
722
608
605
668
Rev. A
707
708
709
701
691
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-9
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Carriage Assembly
627
685
602
607
685
622
631
725
685
662
691
674
675
731
691
716
717
718
632
680
656
685
657
601
602
630
688
697
677
691
629
731
610
699
698
728
604
731
628
700
676
726
731
Rev. A
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-10
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
PF Assembly
679
686
687
642
669
625
686
683
670
686
623
603
640
651
678
658
625
603
687
683
639
658
650
Rev. A
624
652
649
643
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-11
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Thermal Mechanism
548
546
530
540
521
548
523
532
507
539
535
540
529
523
518
534
528
549
540
533
536
539
504
540
544
516
503
542
545
511
508
538
537
509
502
540
524
540
513
501
520
513
505
502
512
540
526
540
515
543
541
517
547
524
510
525
514
502
506
540
502
519
540
527
Rev. A
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-12
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
MICR UNIT
744
741
746
734
743
733
745
734
755
752
759
750
747
733
759
751
749
742
748
Rev. A
Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-13
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix G
General Lubrication Points Diagrams
TM-H6000/H6000P
G-48
G-48
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-1
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/without EP)
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-2
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR/with EP)
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-3
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/with EP)
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-4
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR/without EP)
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-5
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (with MICR/without EP)
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-6
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (with MICR/with EP)
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-7
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (without MICR/with EP)
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-8
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Frame Assembly (without MICR/without EP)
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-48
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
G-36
G-36
G-48
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-9
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Carriage Assembly
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
G-36
O-10
G-36
O-10
Rev. A
G-36
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-10
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
PF Assembly
G-36
G-36
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-11
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Thermal Mechanism
G-19
G-19
G-15
G-15
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-12
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
MICR Unit
G-47
G-47
Rev. A
General Lubrication Points Diagrams Appendix G-13
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix H
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams
Main Circuit Board Assembly (Outline)
MICR I/F block (option)
(page H-7)
Thermal block (page H-6)
page H-4
page H-2
EP power block (option)
(page H-8)
page H-3
page H-5
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-1
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Assembly (1 of 4)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-2
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Assembly (2 of 4)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-3
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Assembly (3 of 4)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-4
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Assembly (4 of 4)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-5
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Assembly (Thermal Block)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-6
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Assembly (MICR I/F Block)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-7
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Main Circuit Board Assembly (EP Power Block)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-8
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Memory Board (Soldered on the Main Circuit Board Assembly)
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-9
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
RS-232 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S01) Circuit Diagram
TO MAIN BOARD
CN2
+5V
C1
TP2
+12V
U1
16
C2
4
5
RD
DSR
13
8
SD
DTR
14
7
TO HOST
15
FG
SD/SD1
RD/SD2
RS/RD1
/RD2
DR/INIT1
SG
/DR1
/DR2
/CS1
/CS2
ER
INIT2
SHELL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
VCC
V+
C2+
C1+
C2-
C1-
R1I
R2I
R1O
R2O
T1O
T2O
T1I
T2I
GND
V-
2
RTS
DSR
DSR
C3
R21
1
DTR
DTR
+5V
+5V
3
12
9
RD
DSR
11
10
SD
DTR
+
5
V
+
1
2
V
6
+
5
V
SD
RD
SD
RD
C7
#25_RESET
DSR_RESET
SG
SG
SG
RTS
RTS
SG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SG
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
SG 23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
SG
DK 1
DK S
PG
PG
+24V
+24V
PG
HOST RTS
CTS
I/F DET
RTS
CLKOUT/DTR
CLKREQ
SG
+5V
DK 2
DK G
DK P
PG
+24V
+24V
PG
SG
SD
RD
(RES)
#25_RESET
DSR_RESET
#RESET
SG
R1
RTS
Q1
10K
10K
R7
Q2
+12V
D1
D
S
R
|
R
E
S
E
T
R3
+12V
R4
8
3
1
R2
0
C5
TP1
R16
DSR
R
T
S
#
2
5
|
R
E
S
E
T
10K
10K
RTS
2
C6
R17
U2A
CN1
4
S
G
R20
+
5
V
R18
-12V
R5
D2
R8
-12V
-12V
D3
R13
+12V
R9
C4
R14
R15
R6
5
#25INIT
7
6
R12
U2B
R10
R11
-12V
SG
D4
Rev. A
R19
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-10
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Parallel I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-P02) Circuit Diagram
Rev. A
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-11
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
RS-485 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S02) Circuit Diagram
TP2
R12
R9
R13
CS1
CS1
8
1
CS2
7
2
CTS
DR2
6
3
DR
DR1
5
4
R10
CS2
R8
+5V
U2
+
5
V
+5V
CTS
RD1
RD2
R1
CN2
SG
R5
R2
TO MAIN BOARD
R17
CTS
SG
U1
R6
8
1
7
2
SD2
6
3
SD1
5
4
DR
R3
RD
SD
R16
DR
SG
SG
R18
+5V
+5V
TO HOST
SG
FG
SD/SD1
RD/SD2
RS/RD1
/RD2
DR/INIT1
SG
/DR1
/DR2
/CS1
/CS2
ER
INIT2
SHELL
Rev. A
C5
+
5
V
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
FG
0
FG
R11
SD2
SD1
RD2
RD1
SG
DR2
DR1
CS2
CS1
SG
R4
TP1
SD
RD
SG
SD
RD
SG
SG
SG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
DK 1
DK S
PG
PG
+24V
+24V
PG
HOST_RTS
CTS
DET
RTS
CLKIN/DTR
CLKREQ
SG
+5V
DK 2
DK G
DK P
PG
+24V
+24V
PG
SG
SD
RD
(RES)
#25_RESET
DSR_RESET
#RESET
SG
R19
R14
R15
R7
Circuit Board Unit Circuit Diagrams Appendix H-12
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix I
Printer Handling
Using the Power Switch Cover
WARNING:
If an accident occurs when the power switch cover is attached, unplug the power cord
from the outlet immediately to avoid fire or shock.
You can use the enclosed power switch cover to make sure the power switch is not accidentally
pressed. The illustration below shows the power switch cover installed.
Figure I-1 Power switch cover
If you need to turn the power on or off when the cover is installed, you can insert a thin tool into
one of the holes in the cover to operate the switch.
Rev. A
Printer Handling I-1
Confidential
Opening the Front Cover
You can open the front cover of the printer by using the tabs on each side of the cover.
tab
Figure I-2 Opening the front cover
Installing or Replacing the Paper Roll
You need to install a paper roll even if you are using only the slip section of the printer.
Note:
Do not use paper rolls that have the paper glued or taped to the core because they might cause a paper jam.
1. To prevent data loss make sure that the printer is not receiving data.
2. Open the paper roll cover by lifting up the two tabs on the paper roll cover and then pushing
the cover back.
3. Remove the used paper roll core if there is one.
I-2 Printer Handling
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
4. Insert the paper roll as shown.
Figure I-3 Inserting the paper roll
5. Be sure to note the correct direction that the paper should come off the roll.
Figure I-4 Correct direction
Rev. A
Printer Handling I-3
Confidential
6. Pull out a small amount of paper, as shown. Then close the cover and tear off the extra paper
by pulling it toward the front of the printer.
Figure I-5 Pulling out a small amount of paper
Installing the Ribbon Cassette
To install the ribbon cassette for the first time or to replace a used ribbon, follow the steps below:
Note:
Be sure to turn on the power before installing a ribbon cassette.
1. Unpack the ribbon cassette and turn the knob in the direction shown to take up any slack.
knob
Figure I-6 Turning the knob
I-4 Printer Handling
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
2. Open the front cover of the printer, using the tabs on each side of the cover.
tab
Figure I-7 Opening the front cover
3. Remove the old ribbon, if there is one.
4. Insert the new ribbon cassette as shown.
Figure I-8 Inserting the new ribbon cassette
Rev. A
Printer Handling I-5
Confidential
5. Turn the knob two or three times to make sure the ribbon is seated correctly. You can also
look at the side of the slip unit to see if the ribbon is in the correct place. See below.
edge of
ribbon
cassette
Figure I-9 Making sure if the ribbon is seated correctly
6. Close the front cover of the printer.
EPSON recommends the use of genuine EPSON ribbon cassettes. Ribbon cassettes not
manufactured by EPSON may cause damage to your printer that is not covered by EPSON’s
warranties.
I-6 Printer Handling
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Installing the Optional Endorsement Ribbon Cassette
If your printer is equipped with the optional endorsement function, you also need to install the
endorsement ribbon cassette, which is smaller than the standard ribbon cassette.
Note:
Be sure to turn on the power before installing a ribbon cassette.
1. Unpack the ribbon cassette and turn the knob in the direction shown to take up any slack.
Figure I-10 Turning the knob
2. Open the unit cover, as shown below.
Figure I-11 Opening the unit cover
Rev. A
Printer Handling I-7
Confidential
3. Open the Clamshell mechanism, as shown below.
Clamshell mechanism
Figure I-12 Opening the Clamshell mechanism
4. Insert the ribbon cassette into the printer. You can see a properly installed ribbon in the
illustration below with the arrow pointing to the knob.
Figure I-13 Inserting the ribbon cassette
5. Turn the knob two or three times to make sure that the ribbon is seated correctly.
6. Close the Clamshell mechanism and unit cover of the printer.
EPSON recommends the use of genuine EPSON ribbon cassettes. Ribbon cassettes not
manufactured by EPSON may cause damage to your printer that is not covered by EPSON’s
warranties.
I-8 Printer Handling
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Inserting Slip Paper
When you insert slip paper, be sure that the right side of the paper is against the right side of the
paper guide, as shown below.
➀
¡
➁
Figure I-14 Inserting slip paper
When you insert a check for MICR reading or endorsement, insert the check as shown, with the
side with the MICR characters facing up and with the MICR characters on the right side and the
check against the right side of the paper guide, as shown below.
MICR
characters on
this side, face
up
Figure I-15 Inserting a check
Adjusting the Roll Paper Near End Detector
The paper near end detector detects when paper is almost gone by measuring the diameter of
the paper roll. The detector has two settings.
Rev. A
Printer Handling I-9
Confidential
Note:
Because of variations in paper roll cores, it is not possible for the detector to measure exactly the length of
paper left on the roll when the detector is triggered.
If you want more paper left when the detector is triggered, change the setting, as described
below.
1. Open the printer cover, and remove the paper roll.
2. Loosen the adjusting screw with a coin, and carefully move the detecting lever up.
adjusting
screw
detecting
lever
Figure I-16 Adjustment screw and detecting lever
3. Tighten the adjusting screw, and check to be sure that the detecting lever moves freely.
4. Replace the paper roll.
Using the Control Panel
Most of the functions of this printer are governed by software, but you can monitor the printer’s
status by looking at the lights on the control panel, and for some procedures you will use the
buttons.
Figure I-17 Control panel
I-10 Printer Handling
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
LEDs
POWER
This light is on when the power is turned on.
ERROR
When this light is on but not blinking, it means that the printer is offline. Check to see if a cover
is open. When this light is blinking, there is an error. If you see this light blinking, turn off the
printer for a few seconds and then turn it back on. If the light is still blinking, see
“Troubleshooting Using the ERROR LED” in Chapter 1 .
PAPER OUT
This light comes on when the printer is out or nearly out of roll paper. The printer has a paper
end detector, and it also has a near-end detector (which can be adjusted) to warn you that the
printer is nearly out of paper. See previous section if you want to adjust this detector.
This light blinks during the self-test printing standby state or macro execution standby state
(when the macro execution command is used).
SLIP
This light blinks when the printer is ready to receive slip paper. It stays on during printing on
slip paper and blinks again when slip paper should be removed.
Control Panel Buttons
The control panel has two paper buttons that you may have to use, although most paper
handling functions will be handled by your software.
FEED
Use this button to feed roll paper or to start a roll paper self test.
RELEASE
Use this button to release slip paper or to start a slip paper self test.
Rev. A
Printer Handling I-11
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix J
Screw Types
Washer (assembled)
Head (side)
Head (top)
Body
Figure J-1 Screw configuration
Table J-1 Screw types
Head (top)
Head (side)
Body
Washer (assembled)
C (Cross)
P (Pan)
S-tite
(S) (Spring lock washer)
B (Bind)
C (Cup)
B-tite
(S-P1)/(S-P2)/(S-P3)/(S-P4)
(Spring lock washer + plain
washer )
P-tite
T-B
(O) (Outside toothed lock
washer)
(P1)/(P2)/(P3)/(P4) (Plain
washer)
(O-P1) (Outside toothed
washer + plain washer)
Rev. A
Screw Types Appendix J-1
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
Appendix K
Parts Layout
Main Circuit Board Unit (Parts Side)
(memory board)
Rev. A
Parts Layout K-1
Confidential
Main Circuit Board Unit (Solder Side)
(memory board)
K-2 Parts Layout
Rev. A
Confidential
TM-H6000/H6000P (with MICR/EP) Service Manual
RS-232 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S01)
Parallel I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-P02)
RS-485 I/F Circuit Board Assembly (UB-S02)
25
1
R8
R2
R9
R1
R3
TP1
R6
U2
CN1
R10
U1
R
Rev. A
CMK-G2X
15
14
30
29
R15 TP2
R5 R18 1
R13
1
R7
R11
R12
R4
C5
R14 R16 R19
R17
CN2
1
2
16
17
RS485-30P
BOARD
14
13
Parts Layout K-3